Faculty of Engineering Handbook 1984

( L!Nl',n.:r.
::>rf;
I
ARCHIVES
SERIAL
7
..
13
j
OF NEWCASTLE
!
I
,
,
New South Wales
1984
Volume 7
I
I
I
i
.1
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
HANDBOOK 1984
THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE
NEW SOUTH WALES 2308
ISSN 0159 - 3455
Telephone - Newcastle 68 0401
Two dollars and fifty cents
Recommended price
/
This Volume is intended as a reference handbook for students enrolling
in courses conducted by the Faculty of Engineering.
The colour band. Lapis Lazuli Bee 150. on the cover is the lining
colour of the hood of Bachelors of Engineering of this University.
The information in this Handbook is correct
as at I October, 1983
Printed for the University by
Davies & Canninglon Pty. ltd.
StUT! Road, Cardiff, N.S.W. 2285.
2
A Message from the Dean
On behalf of the staff of the Faculty of Engineering,l wish to extend a very warm welcome
to all students - those who are entering the University and the Faculty for the first time
and those who are returning to commence another year of studies.
Having chosen to study in one of the fields of Engineering, in Surveying or Metallurgy, we
believe you are embarking on a professional career which is both challenging and
stimulating. It is clear we are living in a technological age - an age which has seen a
tremendous burst of scientific and technological development and which has had a
marked effect on the modes and characteristics of our society. It is also clear that the
future of our society is very much dependent on the solution of a number of very complex
technological problems, notably those associated with the alternative forms of energy and
with food production. Graduates in the various professions of Engineering, Surveying
and Metallurgy will, in their own way, be required to contribute to the solution of these
problems.
With these objectives in mind, the Faculty of Engineering has continued to up-date course
material to meet the current and future standards of the professions and the needs of
society. To ensure that this is done effectively, it is essential to maintain a stimulating
learning environment. teaching and assessment methods. While the various courses
provide the essential depth of study in the principal technical fields. we believe it to be of
major importance that students gain some breadth in their educational experience. For
this reason each degree programme contains a component of supporting studies in which
students are encouraged to take subjects in other faculties. The rationale for this is
obvious. While the role of the professional Engineer, Surveyor or Metallurgist may be
seen as providing technical solutions to technical problems, he or she must also be acutely
aware of the social implications of the decisions being made. The inter-relation of the
professions and society is one of growing importance.
The opportunity to obtain a well-rounded tertiary educational experience is embodied in
the very concept of the University system. The University environment, with its excellent
campus and facilities, together with the many extra-curricula activities, creates an
opportunity for obtaining a total experience, indeed a unique experience, in one's lifetime.
For this reason I would encourage you to take full advantage of the opportunities
available to you and, where time permits, take an active interest in the various facets of
University life.
The Staff of the Faculty will do everything possible to make your work both interesting
and enjoyable and will be anxious to help you with any problems you may have. I
personally would be most happy to assist you in any way I can, and would be grateful for
any feedback of a constructive nature that you may wish to offer.
In conclusion, I wish you well in your studies at this University. There is no doubt that a
course of study leading to an Engineering, Surveying or Metallurgy degree requires a
great deal of dedication and perseverance, but the task is certainly a rewarding one.
A. W. Roberts,
Dean. Faculty of Engineering.
3
/
from Dean
Introduction
CONTENTS
Section I - Staff of the Faculty of Engineering
Section 2 -The Faculty of Engineering and the Degrees Offered
The Faculty of Engineering
II Undergraduate
(i) Department of Chemical Engineering
Chemical Engineering
(ii) Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying
Civil Engineering
Surveying
Mining Engineering
Resource Engineering
(iii) Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Computer Engineering
(iv) Depanmenl of Mechanical Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Industrial Engineering
(v) Department of Metallurgy
Metallurgy
III Postgraduate Degrees and Diplomas
(i) Diploma in Industrial Engineering
(ii) Diploma in Surveying
(iii) Master of Engineering Science
(iv) Master of Engineering
(v) Master of Science
(vi) Doctor of Philosophy
Section 3-- Degree Regulations and Faculty Policies
Regulations Governing Undergraduate Degrees
Regulations
Core Programmes
Course Programmes
(a) Department of Chemical Engineering
(b) Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying
(c) Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
(d) Department of Mechanical Engineering
(e) Department of Metallurgy
II Regulations Governing Postgraduate Diplomas
(a) Diploma in Industrial Engineering
(b) Diploma in Surveying
(c) Master Degree Regulations
Approved M.Eng.Sc. Subjects
III Policies Determined by Faculty Board under Degree Requirements
(a) Award of Merit and Honours
(b) Unsatisfactory Progress
(c) Years/Stage Classification
(d) Standing for Holders of Technical College Certificates
(e) Industrial Training Requirements
(0 Compensation Procedure
4
Pagc
)
6
7
II
12
12
13
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
17
18
18
18
18
20
25
27
32
J8
44
50
55
55
"
64
67
71
71
72
72
73
Section 4 -Subject Descriptions
Guide to Subject Entries
Subjects Offered by Departments Comprising the Faculty
of Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical and Computer Engineering
Geneml Engineering
Metallurgy
Surveying
II Subjects Offered by Depanments Outside the Faculty
of Engineering
Chemistry
Economics
Geography
Mathematics
Philosophy
Physics
Section 5-- Combined Degree Programmes
Section 6-Subject Computer Numbers
General Information - Between pages 80 & 81
5
"
"'
/
"' 91
100
111
115
128
135
140
141
143
144
145
153
156
160
180
INTRODUCTION
In this Handbook we have attempted to provide most of the information you will need
regarding both undergraduate and postgraduate courses offered in the Faculty of
Engineering. This Handbook will help you to know who the people in your Faculty are.
the requirements for degrees offered in the Faculty and the ways that these can be
satisfied, what subjects are offered. and the books required for these subjects; and where
to turn for more information. advice and help.
Section 1 sets out the staff of the Faculty of Engineering. Section 2 deals with the
Departments of the Faculty and courses for which each Department is responsible.
Degree requirements for both undergraduate and postgraduate courses are set out in
Section 3 and descriptions of subjects are listed in Section 4. Approved programmes for
combined degree courses are set out in Section 5 and subject computer numbers for use
with Enrolment Forms and Variation of Programme Forms are listed in Section 6.
ADVICE AND INFORMATION
Advice and information on matters concerning the Facuity of Engineering can be
obtained from a number of people. For general enquiries about University regulations,
Faculty rules and policies. studies within the Facuity and so on, you should see:
The Faculty Secretary Mr. 8. J. Kelleher
The Faculty Administrative Assistant
The Sub-Dean of the Facuity
or The Dean of the Faculty
Mr. G. D. Gordon
Mr. G. D. Butler
Professor A. W. Roberts.
For enquiries regarding studies in particular Departments within the Faculty you should
arrange to sec the following staff in the particular Department concerned:
Civil Engineering
Electrical and Computer
Engineering
Mechanical and
Metallurgy
Surveying
Dr. W. G. Kirchner
or Professor G. J. Jameson
Dr. W. G. Field
Mr. J. G. Alva
or Associate Professor G. C. Goodwin
6
Mr. G. D. Butler
or Professor A. W. Roberts
Mr. J. E. McLennan
or Professor E. O. Hall
Dr. F. L. Clarke
/
Section 1
STAFF OF THE
FACUL TV OF ENGINEERING
7
Dean
Professor A. W. Roberts, BE, PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FIEAust, MIMechE. MAilE
Deputy Dean
Professor G. J. Jameson, BSe(New South Wales), PhD(Cambridge), ASTC, CEng, MIChemE
SubDean
G. D. Butler. BE(New South Wales), MSc(Cranfield), ASTC, MIEAust
Faculty Secretary
B. J. Kelleher, BE, BCom
Faculty Administrative Assistant
G. D. Gordon, BA
Professor of Engineering
D. W. George, AD, BSe, BE, PhD(Sydney), FTS, FlEE, FIMechE, FIEAust, FAIP
(Vice-Chancellor and Principal) (Personal Chair)
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Professor
G. J. Jameson, BSc(New South Wales), PhD(Cambridge), ASTC, CEng, MIChemE
(Head of Department)
Associate Professor
T. F. Wall, PhD, FRMIT(ChemEng), CEng, MIEAust, FlnstF, MCombl, MIChemE, FAIE
Senior Lecturers
W. G. Kirchner, MSc, PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, CEng, MIChemE, MIRE(Aust), MIEAust
K. Lyne-Smith, BE(Sydney), MSe(New South Wales), PhD
J. Roberts, BSc(New South Wales), ME, ASTC, ARACI
Lecturer
Judy A. Raper, BE, PhD(New South Wales), GradlEAust
Senior Research Fellow
J. S. Truelove, BSe, PhD(Sydney), FlnstF, MCombl
Departmental Office Staff
Amor J. FUller
Honorary Professor
I. McC. Stewart. AM, ME(Queensland), SM(Massachusetls Institute of Technology), CEng,
MIChemE, FlnstF, MAuslMM, MCombl, FlEAust
CIVIL ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING
Professor
B. L. Karihaloo, BSc(Eng)(Ranchi), MTeeh(I1T, Bombay), PhD(Civil Eng.lnst. Moscow)
Senior Lecturers
N. O. Betts, BSc(South Africa), BSc(Eng) (Capetown), MSc(Cranfield), MEngSc(NewSouth Wales),
MICE, MIEAust, MSAICE
F. L. Clarke, BSurv(New South Wales), PhD, LS, FlSAust (Head of Department)
M. H. Elfick, DipSurvSc(Sydney), DipT&CP(Sydney), LS, MISAust
W. G. Field, BE(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC
J. G. Fryer, BSurv, PhD(New South Wales), MISAust
B. S. Heaton, BE(New South. Wales), ME, ASTC, MIEAust
P. W. Kleeman, BE(Adelaide), FSASM
A. W. Page, BE(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC, MIEAust
8
Lecturers
H. L. Mitchell, BSurv, PhD(New South Wales), MISAust
I. D. Moore, BE(Sydney)
B. J. Williams, BE(Adelaide), MEngSe(New South Wales), PhD(Meibourne), MIEAust
Professional Officer
R. G. Hanson, BE(Canterbury), DipBusStud, MIEAust, GradlPENZ
Margaret J. Sivyer, BA
Cherie E. Hook
ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Professors
A. Canloni, BE, PhD(Western Australia), MIEEE(Computer Engineering)
G. C. Goodwin, BSc, BE, PhD(New South Wales), MIEEE, MIEAust(Electrical Engineering)
Senior Leclurers
J. G. Alva, BSc(Durham), MSc(Eng)(London), CEng, MIEE
R. J. Evans, BE(Meibourne), ME, PhD, MIEEE
P. J. Moylan, BE(Melbourne), ME, PhD, MIEEE. AMACS
K. K. Saluja, BE(Roorkee), MS, PhD(lowa), MIEEE, MACM
Lecturers
R. E. Betz, ME, MIEEE
B. J. Cook, HND(Eleet)(Plymouth Polytechnic), PhD(Bristol), MIEE, CEng
D. J. Hill, BE, BSe(Queensland) PhD, MIEAust, MIEEE, MSIAM
Professional Officer
S. W. Chan, BE, PhD
R. W. Goodhew, BE(New South Wales), ASTC, MIEAust, AMIEE
Eli7.abeth M. Fewings
Kasandra L. Jones
Dianne E. PiefKe
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Professors
R. A. Antonia, BE, MEngSc, PhD(Sydney), FIEAust, FRMS(Mechanical Engineering)
A. W. Roberts, BE, PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FIEAust, MIMeehE, MAIlE(lndustrial
Engineering) (Head of Department)
Associate Professor
E. Betz, ME, PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FIEAust, MASME
Senior Lecturers
L. W. B. Browne, BE(Sydney), PhD
G. D. Butler, BE(New South Wales), MSc(Cranfield), ASTC, MIEAust
A. J. Chambers, BE(New Soulh Wales), ME: PhD(Stanford), MIEAust
J. W. Hayes, BE, MEngSc(Sydney), MIEAust, MAllE, AMORSA, MASOR
K. L. Hitz, BE(New South Wales), PhD
R. D. Parbery, ME, BSc, MIEAust
H. A. Willems, BE(New South Wales), ME; DiplNaval Arch, MTS(Dordrecht), ASTC, MRINA
Lecturers
B. T. Valaire, BSc(Tech)(New South Wales), ME, GradlEAust
D. H. Wood, BE, MEngSc(Sydney), PhD(London), DIC
Senior Tutor
B. J. Hill, BSc(Eng), MEngSe, PhD, GradlEAust
9
I
Professional Officers
J. A. I.ewis. BSc(New South Wales). ME. ASTC. MIEAust. AMAuslMM
M. Ooms. BE
R. J. Scobie, ASTC
O. J. Scott. ME
Departmental Office StalT
Marcia M. Couper
Isabel Sberwood
Pamela Falkincr
Professor
METALLlIRGY
E. O. Hall. MSc(New Zealand). PbD(Cambridge). FlnstP. MAusIMM. FIM(Lond.). FAIP, FRSA
Associate Professor
W. A. O,!1cs. BMct(Sheffield). MSc. ('Eng. FIM(London)
Senior Lecfurers
J. D. Brownc. BSc(London). MSc(Ncw South Wales). PhD(Monash), MAIP
J. E. McLennan. MSc{Ncw South Wales), ASTC, MIM{London), CEng
N. A. Molloy. BE(Queensland). CEng
Post Doctoral Research FeIlOl"'s
Y. Sasaki, DEng(Tokyo)
M. Hasebe. DEng{Tohoku)
Professional Officers
J. A. Grahame. ASTC
D. D. Todd. MSc(New South Wales). PhD. ASTC. ARACI, DipOen(ORI Surrey)
Departmental Office StalT
Elizabeth M. Vincer
Honorary Professors
G. R. Belton. BSc. PhD(London), Dle(London)
A. V. Bradshaw. BSe(London). ARSM, MIMM. FIM
10
Section 2
THE FACUL TV OF ENGINEERING
AND THE DEGREES OFFERED
11
I. THE FACULTY OF
ENGINEERING
The Faculty of Engineering is constituted
by the Council of the University under By-
law 2.4.1 and comprises the Departments
of Chemical Engineering, Civil
Engineering and Surveying, Electrical and
Computer Engineering, Mechanical
Engineering and Metallurgy.
The Faculty Board. Faculty of
Engineering is charged with conducting
the affairs of the Faculty under By-law
2.4.2. The Faculty Board consists of:
(i) the members of the full-time
academic staff of the Departments
composing the Faculty;
(ii) a member from the Department of
Chemistry;
(iii) a member from the Department of
Geology;
(iv) a member from the Department of
Physics;
(v) a member from the Department of
Architecture;
(vi) a member from the Department of
Psychology;
(vii) two members from the Department
of Mathematics;
(viii) a member from the Faculty of
Arts;
(ix) two members from the Faculty of
Economics and Commerce;
(x) a member from the Department
of Education;
(xi) four student members.
The responsibilities of the Faculty Board
are set out in By-law 2.4.4 which states:
"Subject to the authority of the Council
and the Senate and to any resolution
thereof, a Faculty Board shall:
(a) encourage and supervise the teaChing
and research activities ofthe Faculty;
(b) determine the nature and extent of
examining in the subjects in the
courses of study for the degrees and
diplomas in the Faculty;
(c) determine the grades of pass to be
awarded and the conditions for
granting deferred or special
examinations in respect of the
subjects in the courses of study for
the degrees and diplomas in the
Faculty;
12
(d) determine matters concerning
admissions, enrolment and
progression in the courses of study
for the degrees and diplomas in the
Faculty and make recommendations
of s ~ c h o ~ those matters as require
consideratIOn by the Admissions
Committee;
(e) consider the examination results
recommended in respect of each of
the candidates for the degrees and
diplomas in the Faculty and take
action in accordance with the
Examination Regulations made by
the Council under By-law 5.9.1;
(0 deal with any matter referred to it
by the Senate;
(g) make recommendations to the
Senate on any matter affecting the
Faculty;
(h) exercise such other powers and
duties as may from time to time be
delegated to it by the Council."
The degrees offered by the Faculty of
Engineering are:
(i) Undergraduate-
Bachelor of Engineering (8.E,)'
Bachelor of Metallurgy (D. Met)
Bachelor of Surveying (8.Surv.)
Bachelor of Science (Engineering)
(B.Se.(Eng.
Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy)
(B.Se.(Met.
(ii) Postgraduate-
Master of Engineering (M.E.)
Master of Science (M.Sc.)
Master of Engineering Science
(M.Eng.Se.)
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
Doctor of Engineering (D. Eng.)
Doctor of Science (D.Sc.)
In addition to the above degrees the
Faculty of Engineering also offers the
postgraduate Diploma in Industrial
Engineering (Dip. Ind. Eng.) and the
postgraduate Diploma in Surveying (Dip.
Surv.).
2. UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
OFFERED
Each Department within the Faculty of
Engineering is responsible for the offering
of c ? u ~ s ~ s leading to degrees in particular
specialIties as well as the offering of service
subjects for courses leading to degrees in
other specialities.
(i) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL
ENGINEERING
The Department of Chemical Engineering
is responsible for teaching courses in the
speciality of Chemical Engineering.
Chemical Engineering is concerned with
processes in which materials in bulk
undergo changes - physical. or chemical,
or both.
Industries employing chemical engineers
include the traditional chemical or
"process" industries, involved in the
production of organic chemicals,
fertilisers, foodstuffs, pharmaceuticals,
petroleum and petro-<:hemicals. Chemical
engineers are also employed in the
minerals processing industries, which
convert raw ore, which may contain very
small amounts of valuable material, into
concentrates; and also in the metallurgical
industries, which take these concentrates
and turn them into metals and oxides.
Chemical engineers are actively involved
also in the abatement of pollution, and in
combustion of gaseous, liquid and solid
fuels. They are in the forefront of renewed
efforts to find replacements for the world's
oil reserves, now rapidly running out, and
are heavily engaged in research on making
oil from coal or shale; on the production of
ethanol from sugar, grain and root crops
and many other projects to make more
efficient use of existing fuel and chemical
feedstocks, and to find economical
replacements.
On graduation, the majority of chemical
engineers find employment with industry,
public utilities, or the public service,
engaged in design and construction,
planning of new projects, plant operation,
and research and development, all of
which may lead on to higher management
positions. Career opportunities can take a
chemical engineer right tothe top of a large
industrial concern.
The study of chemical engineering is based
on a firm foundation of chemistry,
mathematics and physics, which feature
heavily in the early years of the Course.
Professional subjects are introduced
especially in years III and IV.
The basic course offered in the
Department of Chemical Engineering is
the Bachelor of Engineering in the
speciality of Chemical Engineering. This
may be taken as a four-year full-time
13
/
course, or by part-time study. A course of
two years part-time followed by three years
full-time is an excellent pattern. Students
are strongly advised to take the final year
full-time.
In the third and fourth years. students take
a number of elective topics in which they
may choose freely from professional and
non-professional subjects offered by other
departments in the university. Also, a
structured Option in ProC'eSS Metallurgy is
available in which a student may take a
number of courses offered by the
Department of Metallurgy, especially
designed to give a strong background in
theory and practice of process metallurgy,
without materially affecting the number of
chemical engineering topics taken by the
student.
The degree course is recognised for the full
academic requirements for corporate
membership of The Institution of
Engineers. Australia, and the Institution of
Chemical Engineers (Great Britain). It is
also recognised by the Royal Australian
Chemical Institute. and the Australian
Institute of Energy.
Degree Regulations and course
programmes for the above degrees and
options are set out in Section 3 of this
handbook.
In addition to these degree courses,
combined courses leading to the degree
B.E. in the Chemical Engineering
speciality and the degree of B.A., B.Com.,
B.Ec.. B.Math. or B.Sc. have been
approved. The approved combined course
programmes are set out in Section 5 of this
Handbook.
(ii) DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL
ENGINEERING AND
SURVEYING
The Department of Civil Engineering and
Surveying is responsible for teaching
courses in the specialities of Civil
Engineering and Surveying.
The Civil Engineering course also forms
part of a combined course in Resource
Engineering offered under a co-operative
arrangement between the University of
Newcastle and the University of New
England. In addition students who have
completed the first two years of the Civil
Engineering course may be admitted to the
third year of the Mining Engineering
course at the University of New South
Wales.
Civil Engineering is the application of
science to the improvement of the
community's environment. It is concerned
with the design and construction of water
supply and conservation projects. ~ y d r o
electric development. roads. railways,
bridges and tunnels, large buildings.
irrigation. sewerage and harbour and river
development. The Civil Engineer "adapts
the forces of nature for the use and
convenience of mankind." His academic
training includes the study of science and
engineering practice. He must combine
this with experience and judgement. and
the knowledge and personality necessary
to control large organisations of workers.
This profession offers to a young person a
considerable variety of types of work
ranging from specialised research and
investigations, through routine design and
construction work to higher positions
which are largely managerial and
organisational in their nature.
Surveying entails the measurement of
lengths. angles and heights on the earth's
surface and thus a land surveyor is an
expert in such measurements. The land
surveyor's claim to professional status,
however, lies in his ability to use and
interpret the results of his, or others'.
measurements of these quantities. The
work of surveyors may be divided into
several categories. such as Cadastral
Surveying, Engineering Surveying,
Topographical Surveying. Geodetic
Surveying, and Hydrographic Surveying.
There is also a current trend which may
lead to the surveyor coming to be regarded
as an expert in all aspects of land use and
management. Modern technology plays a
large part in the life of the twentieth
century surveyor. He may be required to
use very sophisticated electronic
equipment for precise distance
measurement, programmable electronic
desk computers or precision plotting
machines interfaced with electronic
computers. As well as being trained to
handle such equipment. and the
conventional surveying instruments such
as theodolites, levels, tapes. etc., he must
be educated in such a way as to ensure that
he is not left behind in the inevitable
advance of surveying technology during
his working lifetime.
This implies that his education should
include a good grounding in mathematics
and physics, the sciences which form the
14
basis of technology. However. his
education must be far broader than this. as
he must be able to apply existing and new
techniques to the various fields of
surveying which were mentioned earlier.
This requires an understanding of the
requirements of each of these fields, and a
study of a number of special disciplines
which are involved in supplying these
requirements e.g. study of land law. town
planning. land use. economics etc. is
essential to the correct development of
land for society's needs; while the study of
specialised branches of mathematics may
be needed for an understanding of geodetic
surveying and mapping.
In order to work in a full professional
capacity in the field of Cadastral or
Property Surveying. it is necessary to
become a Registered Surveyor under the
Surveyors Act, 1929, as amended. Before
applying for registration a surveyor is
required to graduate from a University.
Institute of Technology or a College of
Advanced Education in Surveying. In New
South Wales only two such courses are
available. These are offered by the
University of New South Wales and this
University. A surveying graduate is
required to serve two years under articles
to a Registered Surveyor engaged
primarily on land boundary surveys. An
exemption of up to six months may be
granted in respect of non-continuous
training and experience gained during
vacation periods, provided it is gained
under a Registered Surveyor engaged in
land boundary definition during that
period. The surveyor must provide a
certificate satisfactory to the Board of
Surveyors of New South Wales. A further
non-continuous period of up to six months
may be served under articles during
vacations, i.e. the student must become
articled to each surveyor for whom he
works, and the articles must be registered
with the Board. The Board of Surveyors
administers the Surveyors Act of 1929. Its
executive officer is known as the Registrar,
and enquiries regarding any aspect of
registration should be directed to him. The
remaining period of articles. being not less
than one year, is taken after completion of
the degree by full-time students. After
completing the necessary period under
articles candidates for registration are
required to complete the Board's
examination.
Mining Engineering covers all phases of
the recovery of minerals and rocks from
the earth. The mining engineer determines
whether a deposit will be profitable to
mine, and works out the best way of
mining it. The mining engineer is
responsible for drilling and blasting.
loading and transporting of mineral
products. and ventilation and general
safety in the mine. Mining engineers may
become involved in mineral benefication
processes. They work in close co-operation
with geologists, surveyors. metallurgists,
chemists and other engineers. Civil
Engineering has quite a lot in common
with Mining Engineering. Recent changes
in the laws of New South Wales allow Civil
Engineers to supervise certain kinds of
open-cut mining that could previously
only be supervised by Mining Engineers.
Resource Engineering is a relatively new
area. It requires engineers with
professional training in applied ecology
and the science and practice of natural
resource management. The course is aimed
at meeting the growing need for
"ecological engineers" to work with
resource development agencies and
industries in planning and managing
environmentally-accepta ble resource
development projects. Graduates can
expect to find employment in such
organizations as water resources agencies,
soil conservation services. public works
departments, pollution control
organizations. civil engineering
contracting firms, mining companies. or
engineering and environmental consulting
firms.
Two degree courses are offered in the
Department of Civil Engineering.
(al BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING
in the speciality of Civil Engineering.
This may be read as a four year full-
time course or a seven year partMtime
course or any combination of full-
time and part-time attendance. The
degree is recognised for the full
academic requirements of corporate
membership of the Institution of
Engineers, Australia.
(bl BACHELOR OF SURVEYING.
This may be read as a four year full-
time course or a seven year part-time
course or any combination of full-
time and part-time attendance.
15
programmes for the above degrees are set
out in Section 3 of this Handbook.
In addition to the above degree courses,
combined courses leading to the degree of
RE. in the Civil Engineering speciality and
the degree of B.A.. Reom.. REc ..
RMath. or B.Sc. have been approved. The
approved combined course programmes
are set out in Section 5 of this Handbook.
(iii) DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER
ENGINEERING
The Department of Electrical and
Computer Engineering is responsible for
teaching courses in the specialities of
Computer Engineering and Electrical
Engineering.
Electrical and Computer Engineering are
rapidly expanding branches of
engineering. They include such fields as
computer and information science,
switching theory, the theory and design of
automatic control systems. electronics.
and the study of electrical power
generation and distribution.
In preparation for a careerin any branch ~ f
Electrical or Computer Engineering, the
student must acquire a knowledge of the
basic sciences of Mathematics and Physics.
Electrical and Computer Engineering.
perhaps more than most other branches of
engineering, are closely linked with the
pure sciences and require a scientific
outlook and approach for the proper
understanding of the problems involved.
Department of Electrical and Computer
Engineering.
(al BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING
in the speciality of Electrical
Engineering. This may be read as a
four year full-time course or a seven
year part-time course or any
combination of full-time and part-
time attendance. This course may
also be taken under a sandwich
pattern.
(bl BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING
in the speciality of Computer
four year full-time or a seven year
part-time course or any combination
of full-time or part-time attendance.
This course may also be taken under
a sandwich pattern.
These degree courses are recognised for the
full academic requirements of corporate
Engineers, Australia.
In addition to the above degree courses,
combined courses leading to the degree of
B.E. in either the Computer Engineering or
Electrical Engineering speciality and the
degree of B.A., B.Com .. B.Ec., B.Math. or
B.Sc. have been approved. The approved
combined course programmes are set out
in Section 5 of this Handbook.
(iv) DEPARTMENT OF
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
The Department of Mechanical
Engineering is responsible for teaching
courses in the specialities of Industrial and
Mechanical Engineering.
Mechanical Engineering is probably the
broadest in scope of all the branches of
engineering. Basically it is concerned with
all aspects of the production and use of
mechanical energy. This involves activities
such as the design and operation of
machinery and mechanisms. but the range
of activities for which mechanical
engineers are responsible is much wider
covering many fields.
Industrial Engineering is closely related to
mechanical engineering but theemphasis is
shifted towards management science,
operations research and economics. The
industrial engineer is concerned with the
design improvement and installation of
integrated systems of men, materials and
equipment.
Department of Mechanical Engineering.
(a) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING
in the speciality of Mechanical
pattern. The first two years of this
course are accepted by the University
of New South Wales as exemption
from the first two years of that
University's Bachelor of Engineering
degree Course in Naval Architecture.
16
(b) BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING
in Ihe specialilY of Induslrial
pattern.
These degree courses are recognised for the
full academic requirements of corporate
Engineers, Australia. In addition to the
above degree courses, combined courses
leading to the degree of B.E. in either the
Mechanical or Industrial Engineering
speciality and the degree of B.A.. B.eom.,
B.Ec.. B.Math. or B.Sc. have been
approved. The approved combined course
programmes are set out in Section 50fthis
Handbook.
(v) DEPARTMENT OF
METALLURGY
The Department of Metallurgy is
responsible for teaching courses in the
speciality of Metallurgy.
The field of knowledge, experience and
practice covered by the term Metallurgy is
one that has expanded and developed
greatly in the past and is still doing so
today. Briefly metallurgy is concerned with
the extraction of metals from their ores,
their properties, fabrication and
fundamental structure. Embracing such a
wide field the subject gives scope for many
types of interest and allows the inter-action
of many disciplines.
Department of Metallurgy.
(a) BACHELOR OF METALLURGY.
This may be studied as a full-time or
part-time degree and may be taken
out after the successful completion of
the equivalent of four years full-time
study and the fulfilment of the
requirements of industrial
experience. Candidates achieving a
high over-all standard may be
awarded the degree with Honours.
The standard required is calculated
on a grade point average system.
Various combinations of full and
part-time study are available for both
these degree courses.
(b) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
(METALLURGY). This is a part-
time degree and may be taken out
after the successful completion of the
equivalent of three years full-time
study and fulfilment of the
requirements of industrial
experience.
In addition to the above degree courses.
the combined course leading to the degrees
of B.Met. and B.Math. has been approved.
The combined course programme is set out
in Section 5 of this Handbook.
3. POSTGRADUATE DEGREES
OFFERED
(i) DIPLOMA IN
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
The Department of Mechanical
Engineering is responsible for the teaching
of subjects which may be taken in the
Diploma of Industrial Engineering.
The Diploma in Industrial Engineering is a
postgraduate course directed especially
towards those concerned with the
planning, supervision and administration
of industrial undertakings. The course has
a twofold objective. Primarily it has been
designed as a bridging course for those
graduates with limited or no formal
training in the various basic disciplines of
industrial engineering. In this respect the
programme of study will be selected so as
to complement the person's particular
technological knowledge with instruction
in the industrial field so that he can better
perform the functions of industrial
management, planning and control. For
those who already have had in their
undergraduate programme, a comprehen-
sive training in the basic disciplines of
industrial engineering, the course has a
secondary objective. In this case the aim is
to broaden the person's basic training with
the offer of study in a wider range of
disciplines which have an important
application in the industrial engineering
field.
The Diploma programme consists of t ~ n
units of formal course work plus two UOits
of project work. Normally this programme
shall be completed in not less than I \ ~ O
years of part-time study, although In
special cases approved by the Faculty
Board. the programme may be completed
in one year on a full-time study basis.
The Regulations for the Diploma in
Industrial Engineeringand the Schedule of
Subjects available is set out in Section 3 of
this Handbook.
(ii) DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING
The Department of Civil Engineering and
Surveying is responsible for the teaching of
subjects which form the core of the
Diploma in Surveying.
The Diploma in Surveying is a
postgraduate course designed to broaden
and further the education of the practising
surveyor. Recent technological changes
have significantly altered the role and
operational techniques of surveyors. Many
items of equipment and computational
methods now in use were unknown ten to
fifteen years ago. The course has a twofold
objective. Primarily, it has been designed
as a bridging course for surveyors with the
professional qualification of the
Reciprocating Surveyors Boards of
Australia and New Zealand. University
Degree Courses in Surveying were not
available when these surveyors passed the
examinations set by those Boards. As a
consequence, the variety and depth of the
modern curriculum was not available to
these people. The Diploma in Surveying is
seen as broadening and updating their
professional training with a choice of
subjects designed to complement their
current knowledge. For those surveyors
who already have had. in their
undergraduate programme, a comprehen-
sive training in the modern developments
in surveying, the course has a secondary
objective. In this case, the aim is to
broaden the person's basic training with
the offer of study in a wider range of
disciplines which have important
applications in some fields of surveying.
The Diploma programme consists of ten
units of formal course work plus two units
of project work. Normally this programme
shall be completed in not less than two
years of part-time study, although in
special cases approved by the Faculty
Board, the programme may be completed
in one year on a full-time basis.
The Regulations for the Diploma in
Surveying, and the Schedule of Subjects
available is set out in Section 3 of this
17 Handbook.
(iii) MASTER OF ENGINEERING
SCIENCE
The Master of Engineering Science degree
has the primary aim of increasing the
knowledge of the student in a specific and
professional area. and therefore places
more emphasis on course work:
nevertheless it includes project work for its
own value both in the broadening and the
consolidation of knowledge, and as an
introduction to research.
The Departments of the Faculty of
Engineering offer a group of subjects
which comprise the major part of the
Master of Engineering Science formal
Master's degree programme.
The Master of Engineering Science degree
course is offered on both a part-time and
full-time basis in order to give graduate
engineers the opportunity to update
themselves in technological areas of
interest. This degree course is flexible in
that candidates for the degree may select
from a large number of subject
combinations which may span one or more
engineering Departments. Some
undergraduate or postgraduate material
may be taken from inside or outside the
Faculty of Engineering as credit for the
degree, provided that such material is
relevant to the programme as a whole. This
possibility offers the advantage of
advanced training and education which is
broad in scope. The course supplements
existing Master of Engineeringand Doctor
of Philosophy programmes which are
usually of a research nature.
The Regulations for the Master of
Engineering Science degree and the
18
subjects offered are set out in Section 3 of
this Handbook.
(iv) MASTER OF ENGINEERING
The Master of Engineering degree has the
primary aim of introducing the student to
research. and bringing him to the point
where he will be able to conduct research
effectively under direction. Course work
will be included in the
programme with a normal minimum
amount of three postgrad uate "units." but
the quality and standard of work required
in the thesis will be at a higher level than
that expected of an Honours Bachelor of
Engineering graduate.
The Regulations for the Master of
Engineering degree arc sel out in Section 3
of this Handbook.
(v) MASTER OF SCIENCE
This degree is similar to the Master of
Engineering degree but is usually taken by
students with a non-engineering
background or students who are carrying
out research in areas related to
engineering.
The Regulations for the Master of Science
degree arc set out in Section 3 of this
Handbook.
(vi) DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
In addition to the above degrees it is
possible to register for candidature for the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy in each
Department in the Faculty. Students
wishing to obtain information on the
requirements for the degree should address
enquiries to: The Secretary, University of
Newcastle, New South Wales 2308.
Section 3
DEGREE REGULATIONS
AND FACULTY POLICIES
19
I - REGULATIONS GOVERNING BACHELOR DEGREES OFFERED IN THE
General
I. These Regulations are made in accordance with the powers vested in the Council
under by-law 5.2.1 and prescribe the conditions and requirements relating to the
degrees of of Bachelor of Metallurgy. Bachelor ofSufveying.
Bachelor of SCience (Engmeenng) and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy).
Definitions
2. (I) In these. Regulations. unless the context or subject matter otherwise indicates
or reqUires:
means the total requirements as prescribed in the schedule to qualify a
candidate for the award of the degree;
"Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering;
"degree" means the d.egree of Bachelor of Bachelor of Metallurgy,
Ba.chelor of Surveymg, Bachelor of SCience (Engineering) or Bachelor of
SCience (Metallurgy) as the case may be;
means the department or departments offering a particular
subject and Includes any other body doing so;
::Facuity. Board" means the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering;
responsible department" means the department designated as such in the
schedule;
the Schedule to these Regulations relevant to the degree in
which a person IS enrolled or proposing to enrol;
"subject" means any part of the course for which a result may be recorded.
(2) The value of a subject for the purposes of these Regulations shall:
(a) m t.he of subjects offered by . Departments of the Faculty of
Engmeerlng, calculated on the basIs that approximately 42 hours of
tutOrials and laboratory work equals one unit; or
(b) m of subjeCts offered by Departments outside the Faculty of
Engmeerlng, be determined by the Faculty Board.
Enrolment
3.
In yeara candidate shall enrol only in those subjects approved by the Dean or h
nommee. IS
Standing
4.
Faculty Board. may grant to a candidate standing in specified and unspecified
subjects no! the .unit value in Schedule in recognition of work
completed or another IOS1ltutlOn, subject to the following:
(a) Standmg m a specified subject shall be granted only on the recommendation of
the Head of Department.
(b) Standing in. an- unspecified subject shall be granted only on the
recommendatIOn of the Head of the responsible department.
(c) Where standing been granted in unspecified subjects the Faculty Board on
of the Head of the responsible department:
(I) shall the course (not inconsistent with that specified in the
Schedule) which the candidate is required to undertake and
(ii) may specify the area of study for which the standing is for the
purposes of the core programme prescribed by the Senate as required in
the Schedule.
20
Prerequisites and Corequisites
5. (I) The Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of Department may
prescribe prerequisites and/or corequisites for a subject.
(2) Except with the approval of the Dean, a candidate may not enrol in a subject
unless he or she has passed any subjects prescribed as its prerequisites and has
already passed or concurrently enrols in or is already enrolled in any subjects
prescribed as its corequisites.
Withdrawal
6. (I) A candidate may withdraw from enrolment in a subject or the degree only by
informing the Secretary to the University in writing and the withdrawal shall
take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.
(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the relevant date shall be
deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to
withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be:
(a) in the case of any subject offered only in the first half of the academic year,
the last Monday of first term;
(b) in the case of any subject offered only in the second half of the academic
year, the fourth Monday of third term;
(c) in the case of any other subject, the last Monday of second term.
Subject Requirements
7. (I) To complete a subject, a candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials,
seminars, laboratory classes and field work and submit such written or other
work as the Department shall require.
(2) To pass a subject a candidate shall complete it and pass such examinations as
the Faculty Board shall require.
Grading of Degrees
8. (I) The degree shall be conferred as an ordinary degree except that in cases where a
candidate's performance in the course has reached a standard determined by
the Faculty Board the degree may be conferred either with merit or with
honours as provided in the Schedule.
(2) A degree with honours shall be conferred in one of the following grades:
(a) Class I;
(b) Class II, Division I; or
(c) Class II, Division 2.
Admission to Degree
9. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall satisfy the requirements
prescribed in the Schedule.
Combined Degree Courses
10. (I) A candidate may complete the requirements for the degree in conjunction with
another Bachelor degree by completing a combined course approved by the
Faculty Board and also the Faculty Board of the Faculty offering that other
Bachelor degree.
(2) Admission to a combined degree course -
(a) shall be subject to the approval of the Deans of the two Faculties;
(b) shall, except in exceptional circumstances, be at the end of the candidate's
first year of enrolment in a degree; and
21
(3)
(4)
(c) shall be restricted to candidates who in their first year of enrolment have
achieved a standard of performance deemed satisfactory for the purposes
of admission to a combined degree course by the Faculty Board.
The work undertaken by a candidate in a combined degree course shall be no
Jess in quantity and quality than if the two courses were taken separately as
shall be certified by the Deans of the two Faculties concerned.
To qualify for admission to the two degrees a candidate shall satisfy the
requirements for both degrees.
Exceptional Cir('um.Hance!J.'
II. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case, the
Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board may relax any provision of
these Regulations.
SCHEDULE 1- BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING
I.
2.
3.
The degree may be conferred in the following areas of specialisation:
Civil Engineering
Mechanical Engineering.

For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department with respect to
each area of specialisation shall be:
Department of Chemical
Engineering
Department of Civil
Engineering and
Surveying
Department of Electrical
and Computer Engineering
Department of Mechanical
Engineering
- Chemical Engineering
- Civil Engineering
- Electrical Engineering
- Mechanical Engineering
(a) To qualify for admission to the degree in any area of specialisation a candidate
shall:
(i) pass a progmmme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the
recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalling not
less than 60 units; and
(ii) satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty
Board.
(b) The programme referred to in section 3(a)(i) ofthis Schedule shall include the
core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.
4. A pers<;,n .wh<;, has satisfied requirements for admission to the degree in one area
of may be admitted to candidature in any other area of specialisation
on conditions l.he Faculty Board may prescribe and upon satisfying the
reqUirements for admiSSion to the degree in that other area of specialisation shall be
eligible to receive a certificate to that effect.
5. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of 32 units under the provisions
of Regulation 4 of these Regulations.
6. The degree may be conferred as a degree with honours.
.\'CIII:DL !itCIIIJOR 01' I/tTAI.URGY
For thc of these Regulations thl' responsible department for the degree
...hall he the Department of Metallurgy.
2. (a) Tn for admission to the degree a candidate shall:
(h)
(i) pass a programme of approved by the Faculty Board .on the
recommendation of the Head of the responsible department totalhng not
than 60 units; and
(ii) satisf\" the industrial cxperienee requirements prescribed by the Faculty
Board.
The programme referred to in section 2(a)(i) of this Schedule shall include the
of Regulation 4 01 these Regulations.
5. A candidate for the degree who the requirements for admission to the degree
of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) as set out in Schedul.e 5 of these Regulations
may. with the permission of the Faculty Board. elect to from the degree
course and III be admitted instead tll the degree of Bachelor of SCience (Metallurgy).
SCHEDUI.E 3 - BACHEI.OR OF SUR' E}'JVG
I. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the degree
shall be the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.
2. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall:
(b)
(i) pass a programme of subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the
Board.
The programme referred to in seclion 2(a)(i) of this Schedule shall include the
SCHEDUI.E4 - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING)
I. The degree of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) shall be conferred only on a
candidate specialising in the area of Chemical Engineering.
2. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the degree
shall be the Department of Chemical Engineering.
3. No candidate shall be permitted to enrol or re-enrol for the degree unless the
candidate was enrolled for the degree prior to 1980.
23
4. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall, before March, 1986:
Board.
(b) The programme referred to in section 4(a)(i) of this Schedule shall include the
5. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of25 units under the provisions
6. The degree may be conferred as a degree with merit.
SCHEDULE 5 - BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (META LLURGY)
I. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the degree
shall be the Department of Metallurgy.
2. No candidate shall be permitted to enrol or re-enrol for the degree unless that
candidate was enrolled prior to 1983.
3. (a) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate who was enrolled for either
the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy or Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) prior
to 1983 shall:
Board.
(b) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate who enrols forthe degree of
Bachelor of Metallurgy after 1982 shall:
Board.
(c) The programmes referred to in section 3(a)(i) and 3(b)(i) of this Schedule shall
include the core programme prescribed from time to time by the Senate.
4. A candidate may be granted standing in a maximum of25 units under the provisions
5. The degree may be conferred with merit.
24
I.
CORE PROGRAMMES
Bachelor or Engineering
The core programmes have been approved by the Senate.
(a) Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering
Mathematics
Physics
Chemistry
Engineering 100 level
Chemical Engineering 100 level
(b) Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering
Mathematics
Physics
Chemistry
Civil Engineering 200 level
(c) Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering
Mathematics
Science
First-Year Engineering
Electrical Engineering 200 level
Electrical Engineering 300/400/500 level
Computer Electives
(d) Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering
Mathematics
Science
First-Year Engineering
Electrical Engineering 200 level
Electrical Engineering 300/400/500 level
(e) Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering
Mathematics
PhysiCS
Chemistry
Mechanical Engineering 200 level
(0 Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering
Mathematics
Physics
Chemistry
6 units
4 units
8 units
1 unit
[ unit
5 units
8 units
8 units
6 units
4 units
2 units
4 units
7 units
10 units
8 units
6 units
6 units
4 units
4 units
16 units
4 units
6 units
6 units
4 units
4 units
20 units
8 units
4 units
2 units
4 units
8 units
10 units
8 units
8 units
4 units
2 units
4 units
8 units
10 units
8 units
,

2. Bachelor Metallurgr
The following core programme has been approved by the Senate.
of Engineering:
Mathcmatics
Physics

Enginecring 100 level
Mctallurgy 200 level
Metallurg) .loo level
Metallurg} 400 levcl
3. Bachelor Surveying

Physics
Surveying 100 level
Surveying 200 Icvel
Surveying .lOO level
Surveying 400 level
4. Bachelor Sdence (Engineering)
Mathematics
Physics
Chemistry
5. Bachelor Science (Metallurgy)
6 unib
4 unih
4 units
5
8 unih
II units
10 units
6 unih
4 units
4 units
8
9 units
9 units
6 units
4 units
8 units
I unit
I unit
5 units
8 units
I unit
6 units
Physics 4 units
Chemistry 4 units
Engineering 100 level 5 units
Metallurgy 200 level 8 units
Metallurgy 300 level II units
26
COURSE PROGRAMMES
(a) DEPA RT..'tdF ...VT OF CHEi\1/C A L f:NG/NEERING
Illdex
(i)
(ii)
BE in Chemical Engineering approved programme
BE in Chemical Engineering with Process Metallurgy Option
approved programme
(iii) Recommended parHime BE programmes
(iv) BSc(Eng) in Chemical Engineering approved programme
(v) Transition Arrangements
(vi) Elective Requirements
(i) B.E. in Chemical Engineering - approved programme
SUhil'cll
YEAR I
ChEI41
ChEI51
ChEI52
GEI51
YEAR II
ChE261
ChE27t
ChE25t
ChE291
ChE272
ChE241
GE204
GE205
EM2CO
EM2BD
YEAR III
ChE371
ChE361
ChE391
ChE362
ChE354
ChE351
ChE342
ChE382
ChE381
ChE352
ChE353
Note
Process Principles
Industrial Chcmical and E4uipmcnt
Process 1
Introduction to Science
t
I
Physics IA
Separation Processes I
Fuels and Combustion
Structurcs and Pressure Vcssel Dcsign
Laborator)
Fluid Mcchanics
Analysis 1
Enginecring I
Engineering Computations II
Chemistry IIC
Vector Calculus and Differential El{uations
Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra
Kinet"lcs and Thermodynamics
Separation II
Laboratory
Solids Handling and Minerals Processing
Electrochemistry and Corrosion
El{uipment Design
Process Analysis II
Process Dynamics
Computations
Process Engineering
Process Economics
Electives
lillil.1
4
4

16

1
2
4
2

15Vi
1
2
2
Vi

1
1
Puxe
27
2g
29
30
30
31
I. EM2BD is a single unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics. Topic B Complcx
Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra. Students may. if they wish. take these topics in full. in
which case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the 4 unit subject
Mathematics lIA comprising Topics CO. Band D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be
counted as one unit of elective.
27

YEAR IV
ChE462 Environmental Control
~
ChE471 Industrial Safety
Y!
ChE472 Transport Phenomena I
ChE4H2 Process Control I
ChE4H3 Reaction Engineering I
ChE491 Seminar
I
ChE496 Research Project 4
ChE497 Design Project 4
Electives
-'
15
(ii) R.E. in Chemical Engineering(Process Metallurgy Option) - approved programme
YEAR I
ChEl41
ChEl51
ChEI52
GEl51
YEAR II
ChE261
ChE271
ChE251
ChE291
ChE272
Met261
GE204
GE205
EM2CO
EM2BD
YEAR III
ChE37l
ChE361
ChE391
ChE362
ChE354
ChE35l
ChE382
ChE381
ChE352
ChE353
Met392
Met314
Industrial Process Principles
Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment
Industrial Process Design I
Introduction to Materials Science
Mathematics I
Chemistry I
Physics IA
Separation Processes I
Fuels and Combustion
Structures and Pressure Vessel Design
Laboratory
Fluid Mechanics
Extraction Metallurgy
Engineering Computations I
Chemistry IIC
Vector Calculus and Differential Equations
Kinetics and Thermodynamics
Separation Processes II
Laboratory
Solids Handling and Minerals Processing
Electrochemistry and Corrosion
Equipment Design
Process Dynamics
Computations
Process Engineering
Process Economics
Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory
Theory of Metallurgical Processes II
28
Unil.I'
4
4
4
16
'h
I
2
I
I
I
I
4
2
_,
l5Y.!
I
2
2
YEAR IV
ChE462 Environmental Control ~
ChE471 Industrial Safety 10
ChE482 Process Control I
ChE483 Reaction Engineering I
ChE491 Seminar I
ChE494 Laboratory Project 2
ChE490 Design Project 2
Met414 Theory of Metallurgical Processes III
Electives
~
15
Notes
I. EM2BD is a single unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics. Topic B Complex
Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra. Students may. if they wish. take these topics in full. in
which case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the 4 unit subject
Mathematics IIA comprising Topics CO. Band D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be
2. ChE491 may be replaced by or taken in conjunction with Mel402 Metallurgy Seminar.
3. ChE494 may be replaced by Met491 Laboratory Project.
(iii) Recommended part-time R.E. Programmes
Stage 2
Stale 4
R.E. Chern. Ena.
ChEI41
ChEl52
GEISI
Mathematics I
ChEI51
Physics IA
Chemistry I
ChEOO2
ChE261
ChE241
GE204
Chemistry IIC
EM2CO
ChEOOJ
ChE2S1
ChE27!
ChE272
ChE29 I
ChE361
EM2BD
GE20S
ChE004
7 units
10 units
10 units
9!,7 units
29
H.E. Chern. Ene.
(Proc:ess Metallurgy Option)
ChEI41
ChEIS2
GElS!
Mathematics I
ChEI51
Physics IA
Chemistry I
ChEOO2
ChE261
Met261
GE204
Chemistry IIC
EM2CO
ChEOO3
ChE2S1
ChE271
ChE272
ChE291
ChE361
EM2BD
GE205
ChE004
7 units
10 units
10 units
9!h units
Stage 5
ChE342
ChE35 I ChE35t
ChE352 ChE354
ChE353 ChE382
ChE354 ChE391
ChE362 Met314
ChE37t Met392
ChE381 ChE005 10 units
ChE382
ChE39J
ChE005 10 units
YEAR VI (Full-Time)
ChE462 ChE361
ChE471 ChE37J
ChE472 ChE38J
ChE482 ChE352
ChE483 ChE353
ChE491 ChE462
ChE496 ChE471
ChE497 ChE482
Electives - 2 units 15 units ChE483
ChE491
ChE494
ChE490
Met414 15 units
(iv) B.Sc.(Eng.) in Chemical Engineering
The B.Sc.(Eng.) degree programme in Chemical Engineering is being phased out.
Enquiries with respect to the approved course programme should be directed to the
Faculty Secretary.
(v) Transition Arrangements
All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering,
Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Chemical Engineering, or the combined degree
programmes who have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the
end of 1981 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree courses to be
introduced in 1982 with credit for all subjects passed in the old course, subject to the
transition conditions given hereunder.
I. Year by Year Progression
Students will follow the year by year progression provided for in the approved
programmes listed above.
2. Individual Subjects
Students out of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in all
units passed in 1981 and previous years. The following additional information may
be used to determine standing.
(a) Students who have completed MEI21 Workshop Practice and ME204
Engineering Computations will not be required to complete GE204
Engineering Computations I and GE205 Engineering Computations II.
(b) Students who have completed ChE34 I Process Analysis II will not be required
to complete ChE342 Process Analysis lIar ChE382 Process Dynamics. If such
students have not completed Elective I. they will be required to complete an
additional unit of Elective in year III.
30
(c) Students who have completed ChE492 will not be required to complete
ChE496. Such students will. if they have not completed Elective II. be required
to take an additional unit of Elective in year IV.
(d) Students who have completed ChE493 Design Project will not be required to
complete ChE497 Design Project. Such students will. if they have not
completed Elective II. be required to take an additional unit of Elective in year
IV.
3. Exceplional Circumstances
(vi)
In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular transition
cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed.
Elective Requirements
(a) The number of elective units to be taken are:
B.E. (Chemical Engineering) 6 units
B.E. (Chemical Engineering with Process Metallurgy Option) 4 units
(b) Elective units may consist of any subjects offered within the Faculty of
Engineering or other Faculties, subject to the approval of the Head of the
Department of Chemical Engineering and of the Department responsible for
the subject.
(c) Students may count up to four units from the Department of Chemical
Engineering's list of Industrial Experience Subjects towards the Electives.
Note: The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject Introductory
Quantitative Methods offered by the Department of Economics may not be taken as an
elective subject by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.
(d) List of Industrial Experience Subjects
The subjects comprising the Department of Chemical Engineering's List of
Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on
the recommendation of the Head of the Department of Chemical Engineering.
The following subjects have been approved for this purpose:
ChEOO2 Industrial Experience I unit
31

(b) DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING
B.E. in Civil Engineering - approved programme
B.Surv. - approved programme
(iii) Recommended Part-time Programmes
(iv) Transition Arrangements
(a) D.E.
(b) B.Surv.
(v) Elective Requirements -
(a) D.E.
(b) B.Surv.
(vi)
(vii)
Resource Engineering
Mining Engineering
(i) D.E. in Civil Engineering - approved programme
SuhieclS
YEAR I
CElli
eEI?1
EEIJI
GEI12
GEISI
MElli
MEl3l
YEAR II
CE212
CE213
CE224
CE223J
CE231
CE232
EE211
EM2CO
GE204
GE205
ME223
YEAR III
CE314
CE31S
CEJ24
CE33)
CE334
CE341
CE342
eE3Sl
CE372
GE350
Statics
Engineering Surveying I
Circuit Fundamentals
Introduction to Engineering Design
Introduction 10 Materials Science
Graphics and Engineering Drawing
Dynamics
Mathematics I
Physics lA
Chemistry IS
Mechanics of Solids I
Mechanics of Solids II
Civil Engineering Materials
Engineering Geology
Fluid Mechanics I
Fluid Mechanics II
Energy Conversion
Engineering Technology
Structural Analysis I
Structural Design I
Soil Mechanics
Fluid Mechanics III
Fluid Mechanics IV
Water Resources Engineering I
Water Resources Engineering II
Civil Engineering Systems I
Transportation Engineering
Seminar
Electives
32
Units
1
2
1
1
1
4
4
16
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
16
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
16
Page
32
33
34
35
35
36
36
36
37
YEAR IV
CE425
CE452
CE453
Notes
Earth and Rock Engineering
Engineering Construction
Project
Structures Elective
Electives
4
2
S
14
I. With the approval of the Head ofthe Department, Physics IB may be substituted for Physics IA.
2. Chemistry I may replace Chemistry IS and 2 units of Elective.
3. Geology I may replace CE223J Engineering Geology and 2 units of Electivc.
4. Physics II or Electronics and Instrumentation II may replace EEl3l Circuit
Fundamentals, EE2ll Energy Conversion and 2 units of Elective.
5. Mathematics IIA or liB may replace EM2CO and 2 units of Elective provided Topic CO is
included.
6. GEJOI Technology and Human Values I may replace GE350 Seminar and I unit of Elective.
(ii) B.Sun'. - approved programme
Sub;el/S
YEAR I
SVIII
SVI21
YEAR II
SV213
SV222
SV232
SV233
SV271
SV291
SV292
CE201
CE223J
EM2CO
EM2H
YEAR III
SV313
SV3l4
SV334
SV351
SV361
SV393
CE302
Mathematics I
Physics IB
Economics I
Surveying I
Survey Camp I
Surveying II
Survey Camp II
Survey Computations I
Survey Computations II
Basic Regional and Urban Economics
Introduction to Legal Studies
Property and Survey Law
Civil Engineering IS
Engineering Geology
Probability and Statistics
Surveying III
Hydrographic Surveying
Survey Computations III
Geodesy I
Photogrammetry I
Land Boundary Definition
Civil Engineering lIS
Geography liB
33
Units
4
4
4
4
16
1
1
2
2
2
16
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
4
"
YEAR IV
SV416 Survcying IV 2
SV441 Astronomy 2
SV452 Geodesy II I
SV462 Photogrammetry
"
I
SV465 Advanced Cartography I
SV472 Land Valuation I
SV473 Town Planning 2
SV475 Surveying Management and Planning I
SV48 I Project 2
CE351 Civil Engineering Systems I
CEJ72 Transportation Engineering
15
Notes
I. With the approval of the Head of Department. Physics IA may be for lB.
2. CE223J involves IwO compulsory one-day field excursions.
3. SV313 includes a lO-day live-in survey camp.
4. Geography liB involves up 10 five compulsory one-day field excursions.
(iii) Recommended Part-Time Programmes
R.E. Civil Engineering
STAGE I
STAGE 1
STAGE 3
STAGE 4
CElli
GEI12
MEllI
ME131
Mathematics I
CEI71
GEI51
Physics IA
Chemistry IS
CE212
CE213
CE224
EEI31
EE211
ME223
EM2CO
CE223]
CE231
CE232
CE341
CE351
CE372
GE204
GE205
8 units
9 unih
9 units
9 units
34
B.Surv,
Mathematics I
SVIII
SVI21
Physics IB
Economics I
cnol
CE223]
EM2CO
EM2H
SV232
SV233
SV213
SV271
SV291
SV292
SV361
SV222
8 units
8 units
9
9 units
STAGE 5
CEJI4
CEJI5
CE324
CE333
CE334
CE342 9 units
Geography liB
SV313
SV314
SV334
CE302
10 units
STAGE 6
Structures Elective
Elective - 3 units
CE425
CE452
GE350
9 units
SV351
SV393
SV416
SV441
SV462
SV473 10 units
STAGE 7
(iv)
(a)
(b)
CE453
Electives - - 5 units
Transition Arrangements
8. . in Cil'il l:.flgineerinx
9 units
CE351
CE372
SV452
SV465
SV472
SV475
SV481
8 units
I. Students who have completed ME2D4 Engineering Computations will not be
required to complete GE2D4 Engineering Computations I and GE2D5
Engineering Computations II. Such students will be required to complete an
extra unit of Electivc.
2. Students who have completed CE241 Water Resources Engineering I will not
be reLJuired to complete CE341 Water Resources Engineering I.
3. Students who have completed CE221 Properties of Materials and CE222
Matcriab Technology will not be required to complete CE224 Civil
Engineering Materials.
4. Students who have passed MEI21 Workshop Practice prior to 1983 will not be
reLJuired to pass ME223 Engineering Technology_
5. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular
transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be
followed.
B.Sun'.
I. Students who have completed SV212 Surveying II will receive standing in
SV213 Surveying II and SV314 Hydrographic Surveying.
2. Students who have completed both EM2BDand EEI31 will receivc standing in
CE223J Engineering Geology. A student who has completed only one of these
subjects will have the option of attempting the other to gain standing in
CE223J. or of taking CE223J and declaring the previously completed subject
(EM2BD or EEI3I) as extraneous to the degree.
3. (a) Students who have completed SV392 will receive standing in SV292
Property and Survey Law.
(b) Students who have completed SV341 will receive standing in SV441
Astronomy I.
(c) Students who have completed SV474 Survey Management will receive
standing in CE351 Civil Engineering Systems 1.
35
4. Students who have exactly completed the three years of the old course will
receive standing in the first three years of the new SVJ9J I.and
Boundary Definition. plus SV441 Astronomy.
5. Students who have completed SV414 and the two electi,e subjecb SV415 and
SV464 will receive standing in SVJ9J L.and Boundary Definition. SV416
Surveying IV and SV465 Advanced
6. The Dean may determine particular arrangement-. in respect 01
student not covered by the above
(v) Elective Requirements D.E. in Civil Engineering
A - Ele(livl's
Eight units of electives be chosen in accordance \\ilh the following
(I) At one unit shall be chosen subject to the approval of Ihe Head of the
Department of Civil Engineering from subjects offered by the Department 01
Ci,il Engineering.
(2) The remaining seven unib may consist of any subjects or part subjects offered
within the Faculty of Engineering or by other Faculties subject to the approval
of the Heads of the Department of Civil Engineering and of the Department
responsible for the subject or part subject.
(J) Students may count up to three from the Department of Civil
Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects as elective units provided
that no such subjects arc counted as subjects offered by the Department of
Civil Engineering under Rule (I) above.
B - E/e(livl'
Structures Elective shall consist of 2 units selected from the following:
CE416 Structural Analysis II I unit
CE417 Structural Analysis III I unit
CE418 Structural Design II I unit
CE419 Structural Design III I unit
In exceptional circumstances one unit selected from other structural electives
within the Department of Civil Engineering may replace any of the above.
C - Li.,/ 01 Indu.I/rial Experience Suh;ecl.1
The subjects comprising the Department of Civil Engineering's List of Industrial
Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on the recommenda-
tion of the Head of the Department of Civil Engineering.
CE092 Industrial Experience I unit
CE093 Industrial Experiencc I unit
CE094 Industrial Experience I unit
Note: The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject
Quantitative Methods offered by the Department of Economics may nut be taken elective
by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.
(vi) Resource Engineering
The Faculty of Engineering in this University has entered into an arrangement with the
Faculty of Resource Management in the University of New England to offer combined
programmes leading to the Bachelor of Engineering degree in the speciality of Civil
Engineering and either the Diploma in Natural Resources or the Bachelor of Natural
Resources degree. These programmes allow candidates to work over a period offrom five
to five and a half years for concurrent qualifications in engineering and resource
management and are designed to provide professional training in engineering as well as
the science and practice of natural resource management.
36
Programme A
Year I
Year II
Year III
Year IV
Year V
B.E. (conferred by University of Newcastle)
Dip.NaLRes. (awarded by University of New England)
student normally enrolled in Year I of B.NaI.Res. programme at
U.N.E.
student normally enrolled in Year 1I of B.Nat.Res. programme at
U.N.E.
student normally enrolled in subjects selected from Years I and II of
B.E. programme at Newcastle
student normally enrolled in subjects selected from Years III and IV
of B. E. programme at Newcastle
student normally enrolled concurrently in Year IV subjects of the
B.E. programme at Newcastle and the Dip.Nat.Res. programme
at U.N.E.
Programme B - B.E. (conferred by University of Newcastle)
B.Nat.Res. (conferred by University of New England)
Year 1- Year IV of this programme are similarto Year 1- Year I V of Programme A above.
Year V Semester I - student normally enrolled in subjects selected from
Year IV of the B.E. programme at Newcastle
Year VI
Semester II - student normally enrolled in subjects selected from
400 level subjects of B.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E.
Semester I - student normally enrolled in subjects selected from
400-600 level subjects of B.Nat.Res. programme at U.N.E.
(vii) Mining Engineering
As pointed out in Section 2 of this Handbook, students who have completed two years of
the Civil Engineering course in this University may complete the B.E. degree in the Mining
Engineering speciality at the University of New South Wales. Such students are normally
admitted to the course at the University of New South Wales in the third year of the
course. Students wishing to complete the Mining Engineering course should complete
Years I and II of the approved Civil Engineering programme as set out on page 32 above.
Part-time students should complete Stages 1, 2. 3 and 4 of the recommended part-time
programmes as set out on page 34 above except for CE341. CE357 and CE372 in Stage 4.
37

Index
(c) DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL AN/)
COMPUTER ENGINEERING
(i) B.E. in Electrical Engineering - approved programme
(ii) B.E. in Computer Engineering - approved programme
(iii) Recommended Part-Time and Sandwich Programmes
(i\') Transition Arrangements
(v) Elective Re4uirements
(i) B.E. in Electrical Engineering - approved programme
SlIh;t'cf,1
Y[AR I
EEUI
CElli
GEI12
MElli
M[131
Circuit fCundamentab

and Engineering Drawing

IA
[
Chemistr) IS
Energy'Convenion
Semi-conductor
Electrical Circuits
Programming
Unit,1
4
4
2
15
Y[AR II
EE211
fElll
EElJ2
EE262
EE264
Ph221
Introduction to Computer Architecture and Assembly Language I
YEAR III
EEJIJ
EEJI4
EE315
EE323
EE324
EE326
EE333
EE344
EE362
GEJ60
Y[AR IV
EE421
EE451
EE480
EE481
EE491
Electromagneties and Quantum Mechanics 2
Mathematics IIA 4
4
Power Systems
Electrical Machines
Power
Linear Electronics I
Unear Electronics II
Digital Design a nd Technology
Advanced Circuit Analysis
Communications
Switching Theory and Logic Design
Automatic Control
Electives
Electronics Design A
Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas
Project; Directed Reading
Project.' Directed Reading or 2 EE300/4oo; 500
Seminar
7 from EEJOO/400/500
38
15
I
I
I
5
15
I
I
3
2
I
7
15
Page
38
39
40
41
42
Notes
I. Suggested Ycar II arc: 2 unib of Pin-sics to replace Ph221 bv Phnics II. plus 2 further
unib from II I , .
2. EE4KO and EE4KI "ill refer to a single project.
J. Part-time may suhsutute liB (fopies B. CO, D) for lIA
(it CO. D) and may talc tim In two
4.
5.
\\h,) were enrolled in this e(lurse prior to 19KOare required IOcomplete one elective unit
from the offered hy _the of t he Faculty (If Engineering i n addition til
the ahme programme, The ellmpletlOll ,)1 ME 121 W,)rkshop Practice prim to 19XO shall satish
this reljuirement. '
With the appnl\al (If the Head (If Department. 1 (4 units) ma\' be taken in lieu 01
Chemistn IS and 2 ,)1' Electi\-e, . ,
6. GEJ25 Micrnprocessor Systems and Applications may be counted as one unit ,)1
EE 300 400 500,
{iiI B.E, in ('omputer Engineering - approved programme
SIII'h"/1
n:,\H I
HIJI
(Till
GFI12
MEllI
MFDI
YEAR II
EE211
EE221
EE2J.:!
EU02
H20J
H.:!M
Ph221
YEAR III
EEJ2J
EEJ24
EEJ20
EEJ.U
EEJ44
EEJ45
EEJb2
GEJ25
GEJ60
('il'cuit Fundament"l ..
Statil"
Intrudm:tlllil to Engineering
and FlIgilleel'1ng Dr,1wing
[1) Ilillllic...;
4
I 4
IS
Energy
Semi-eond UCltlr I Jc\ ices
EIL'L'trieill Circuits
Programming
introdul:tion to Structuring of Information
Introduction to Computer Architecture and Assemhly I,anguage
Ueetrlllllagnelics ilnd Quantum Mechanics
15
MatlK'matics IIA 4
Ftcetiws 4
I.inear Electronics I
I.inear Electr.mies II
Digital Design ilnd rechnolug)
Advanced Circuit Analysis

Digital Signal Processing
Switching Theory and Logic
Mkroproccssor Systems and Applications
Automatic Control
Electives
39
I
5
14
Y[ARI\,
I:E42 I
EE422
EE426
EE46J
EE464
EE4110
EE481
EE491
Notes
Electronic Design A
Electronic Design B
Advanced Digital
Computer OP.crating Systems
Compiler Construdion
Project Dircct Reading
Project Direc' or 2 EEJOO 400 500
Seminar
4 from I
3
2
4
15
I. Suggested clectivcs arc: 2 unih of Physic, to rcplace Ph221 by II. plus 2 further
units from II Topics.
EE480 and EE481 will normally refer to a single project.
Pari-time studcnh may substitute Mathematics liB B. CO. D) for IIA
(B, CO, D) and may take this in two parts.
4 SlUdents who were enrolled in this course priorto 1980are required tocomplele one elective unit
selected from the wbjects offered by the departments of the Faculty of Engineering in addition to
the abovc programme. The completion of ME 121 Workshop Practice prior to 1980 shall satisfy
thi\ re4uiremenl.
5. With the approval of the Head of Department, Chemistry I (4 may be taken
in lieu of IS and 2 unih of Elective.
6. Students who have completed 5 units of List I prior to 1981 shall be entitled tocount I such unit
in lieu of EE426 Advanced Digital Systems in satisfaction of Degree Requirements.
LIST /- FOURTH-YEAR SUBJECTS FOR COMPUTER
ENGINEERING
(a) Any EE300. 400 or 500 subject.
(b) Any ME400, 500 or GE400. 500 level subject with approval of Head of Department
of Electrical and Computer Engineering.
(c) Commerce - Commercial Programming (I unit).
(d) Year III and IV topics offered by Mathematics Department with the approval of
the Head of Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering.
Elec. Eng. Elec. Eng. Computer Eng. Computer Eng.
normal part-time Sandwich normal part-lime Sandwich
Stage I Stage I Stage 1 Stage I
Maths I Maths I As for EE As for EE
EEI31 EEIJI part-Ilme sandwich
MElli MElli
GEI12 GEIl2
CElli
7 units 8 units 7 units 8 units
Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2
Physics IA Physics IA As for EE Physics IA
MEI31 ME131 part-time EE211
CElli Chern. IS EE262
Chemistry IS EE092 EE264
EE092 EE211 Chem. IS
EE092
40
Stage 3 Siage 3 - Siage 3 Stage 3
hi Semester
EE211 EE221 for EE EE221
EEnl
EE232 part-time EE232
EE232 EE262 EE263
Ph221 EE264 Maths IIA
Maths IlA Ph221 MEIJI
H093 IIA Ph221
10 10 10 unih 10 uni"
Stage 4 Stage 4 - Siage 4 Stage 4-
1st Semester ht Semester
EE262 EE314 EE262 EEJ23
EE264 EE323 EE263 EE333
EE3l3 EE333 EE264 EE362
EE314 EE362 EE323 GE360
4 units GE360 EE324 4 units
Elective 4 unih 4 unit\ Elective
EE094
Elective Elective
EE094
9 unih 9 units 10 unih 8 unih
Stage 5 Stage 5 - Stage S Stage 5-
2nd Semester 2nd Semester
E323 EE31J EEJ26 GEJ25
E324 H315 EE333 EE344
EE326 EE324 EE344 EEJ45
E333 EE326 EE345 324
E344 E344 EE362 EE46J
EE362 EE362 GE325 EE464
GEJ60 J EEJOO 400 500 GE360 2 from List I
Elective EE095
II units K 8 units 8 unil\
Stage 6 Stage 6 - Siage 6 Stage 6 -
1st Semester ht Semester
EE3t5
EE421 EEJ26
EE451 EE421 EE422 EE421
EE421 EE451 EE426 EE097
5 EE3001400; 500 A EE300,400,500 EE463 2 from List I
EE095 2 units - EE464 2 units
Elective 2 from List Elective
EE096
9 unils 8 units II units II units
Stage 7 Stage 7 -
2nd Semester
Stage 7 Stage 7 -
2nd Semester
EE480 EE480 EE480 EE422
EE426
EE481 or EE481 or EE481 or EE4110
2 EE300 J 400 /500 2 EE300;400.,500 2 EE300.:400.:800 EE481 or
EE491 EE491 E491 2 EE300;400,. 500
2 EE300/400/800 EE097 2 from I EE491
All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering,
Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering, or the combined degree programmes
who have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of 1982
shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree courses to be introduced in
1983 with credit for all subjects passed in the old courses. subject to the transition
conditions given hereunder.
I. Year by Year Progression
Year completed in 1981
Year I
Year II
Year III
41
Required to complete in subsequent year:.
Years II. III and IV
Years III and IV
Year IV
Ib) &Idle/or or ElIgil1t'erillg ill CO/llplller Engineering (FilII-rime)
rear ('Oil/filerI'd ill /9XI
Year I
Year II
Year III
Rl'quirt'd to cOll/pleft' il/ suhseqllf'11I n'u/"'\'
Years II. III and IV
Years III and IV
Year IV
2. Illdiddlwl S'IIn;af,\
J.
4.
Students oul of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in
all units passed in 1982 and previous years. The following addilional
information may be used to determine standing.
....uhj!'('/ u/r{'adr 1'/1.\,,,,,, or <"n'dill'd
EE32J Linear Elcclronics
EE324L Electronics Laboratory
En'l'l'filmul ('irnwHfllf1c('.\
EE32] Linear Electronics I
EE324 Linear Electronics II
In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in panil'ular
transition cases the Dean may determine the transition programme to be
followed.
Additionul PrOl'isioll.\
(a) Students who have passed EE325 prior to 19tD will count that subject in
lieu of EE326. .
(b) Students who have passed GE350 prior to 1983 will count GD50 as I
Unit of Electives.
(c) Students who have passed EE341 prior to 19H4 will count that subject in
lieu of GE360.
(a) Students who have passed both EE325 and GE350 prior to 1983 will
count these subjects in lieu of GE325 and EE326.
(b) Students who have passed EE325 but not GE350 prior to 19H3 will count
the subject passed in lieu of GE325 Microprocessor Systems and
Applications, and will complete I unit of list I in lieu of EE326.
(c) Students who have passed GE350 but not EE325 prior to 1983 will count
GE350 in lieu of I unit of List I.
(d) Students who have passed EE341 prior to 19H4 will count that subject in
lieu of GE360.
(v) Elective Requirements
(a) &che/or (?/' f:)'Kineering in i:.lectrical EnKineerinK
Nine units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules subject
to the approval of the Head of Department:
(I) At least four units of Elective shall comprise a first year Arts subject or
equivalent in a non-technical area.
(2) Students may count up to four units from the Department of Electrical and
Computer Engineering's List of Industrial Experience Subjects as electives
provided that no such subjects are counted as first year Arts subject units under
rule (I) above.
(3) All elective units, other than Industrial Experience subjects. shall be selected
from subjects offered by departments other than the Department of Electrical
and Computer Engineering.
(b) &che/or (?/' Engineering in Computer EnKineering
Nine units of electives shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules subject
to the approval of the Head of Department.
42
i
Note:
II)
(2)
At least four units of Elective shall comprise a first year Arts subject or
equivalent in a non-technical area.
Students may count up to five unib from the Department of Electrical and
Computer Engineering's List of Industrial Experience subjects aseleclive units
provided that no such subjects arc counted as first year Arts subject units under
rule (I) above.
(3) All elective units. other than Industrial Experience subjects, shall be chosen
from subjects offered by departments other than the Department of Electrical
and Computer Engineering.
I. may take the GEJOI Technology and Human I and GE)02 Technolog)
2.
(b)
and Human 11 in lieu of the four units of c!ecti\C \elccted from fir\t year Arts
The Faeutty Board. Facult) of Engineering has re\olved that the subject IntrndUf.:ltH)
Quantitative Method\ offered by the Department of may not be taken as an elective
subject by student\ enrolled 111 the Faculty III Engineering.
/J.\'I Industrial Etperience Suh;ect.I'
The subjects comprising the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering's
List of Industrial Experience Subjects shall be determined by the Faculty Board on
the recommendation of the Head of Department of Electrical and Computer
Engineering.
EE092 Experience I unit
EE093 Industrial Experience J unit
EE094 Experience I unit
EE095 EXperience I unit
EE096 Industrial Experience I unit
EE097 Industrial Experience 2
The EE097 may be taken only by enrolled under the sandwich pattern.
43
-
(d) DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Index
(i) H.E. in Mechanical Engineering - - approved programme
(ii) H.E. in Industrial Engineering - approved programme
(i) H.E. in Mechanical Engineering - approved programme
SlIhiel"f.1
YEAR I
CElli
MElli
GEI12
ME131
GElS]
ME223
YEAR II
EE131
GE204
GE20S
ME201
ME202
ME20)
ME212
ME214
ME232
ME241
ME251
ME271
EM2CO
EM2BD
YEAR III
EE2]1
GE301
GE360
ME302
ME312
ME3))
ME342
ME343
ME352
ME372
ME3?3
EM2H
Statics
Dynamics
Mathematics I
Physics IA
Chemistry IS
Experimental Methods I
Dynamics of Engineering Systems
Experimental Methods II
Engineering Design I
Mechanics of Solids I
Dynamics of Machines I
Properties of Materials I
Fluid Mechanics I
Thermodynamics I
Energy Conversion
Technology and Human Values I
Automatic Control
Experimental Methods III
Engineering Design II
Dynamics of Machines II
Properties of Materials II
Mechanics of Solids II
Fluid Mechanics II
Heat Transfer
Thermodynamics II
Electives
44
Uni/J
4
4
,
16
[
[
,
[
15
[
,
[
,
15
PaKe
44
45
46
47
48
YEAR IV
ME41J
ME485
ME490
Engineering De,ign III
:"umerical Control .lIld Computer Aided Manufacturing
Projed Seminar

4
9
15
Notes
I.
With apprmal of the Head 01 Department. I (4 unih) he tal..en in lieu of
Chemi\try IS and 2 unih of cieeti\e
2.
EM2BD a unit com hi nation of the I opic B Comple:>.
Analnis and Topic D i.inear Algchra. StudCnh may. il they take in full. in
which the three uni" of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the 4 unit
IIA CO. Band D. One unit of IIA would he
counted one unit of elective.
J.
It is recommended that intending to enrol 111 .\uhjech from Elective Strand 2
Computing. include EE264 in their Year 111 programme.
4.
The final year project may he expanded hy the selection of Project Elective lInih ME497 or
ME498. may enrol in either Projeet Elective Unit only after
arrangements have been made and the written approval of the Head of the Department 01
Mechanical Engineering ohtained.
(ii) D.E. in Industrial Engineering - approved programme
.\uh;nl.1
YEAR I
CElli
MElli
GEI12
MEI31
GEI51
ME223
YEAR II
EEIJI
GE204
ME201
ME202
ME203
ME212
ME2J4
ME232
ME241
ME251
ME271
EM2CO
EM2BD
EM2H
Statics
Dynamics
Mathematics I
IA
Chemistry IS
Engineering Computatiom I
Experimental Methods I
Dynamics of Engineering
Experimental Methods II
Engineering Design I
of Solids I
Properties of Materials I
Fluid Mechanics I
I
Vector and Differential Equations
45
lillin
[
[
[
[
[
[
4
4
2
[6
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
2
[
[
15
YEAR III
EE21 I
GE205
GEJOI
GE360
MEJI2
MDJJ
ME34J
MUXI
MLHD
ME4X2
ME4X7
ME4XIi
YEAR IV
ME41J
ME4liJ
ME4li4
ME4li5
ME496
Energy
Engineering I I
fechnologyand Human I
Automatic Control
Engineering Design II
Ihnamits nl II
Meehan.t: ... nr II
Mt:thnds Engineering
Quality Engineering
Eng1lleenng Ecnnomio I
Operations Rewarl'h Fundamental
Re ... ei.reh Planning Inventon C(lntrol
and Manageme'nt
Engineering III
Production Scheduling
Engineering Ewnomies II
"IIumerieal Control and C(lmputl'r Aided Manuracturing
Project Seminitr
Electi\e ...
I
I
2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15
I
I
I
I
4
7
15
I. With appro\<ll or the Head of Department. I (4 unih) he taken in lieu of
IS and 2 of cleeti\e.
2. F.M2BD a unitwmhination of the Topic 8 Complex
and ['ople D Linear Algehra. Students may. if they in lull. 111
which case the three unib of E M2CO and EM28D would he replaced with the 4 unit
IIA Topics CO. B and D. Onl' unit of IIA "ould he
counted one unit of clcctiH'.
.l It is rewmmended that studenh intending to enrol in from Elective Strand 2
Computing. should include EE264 in their Year III programme.
4. rhe fin<ll year project may he expanded by the selection of Project Elective ME497 or
ME49X. may enrol in either Project Elccti\c Unit only after supervisory
arrangements have heen made and the writh:n approval of the Head nf the Dcp<lrtment of
Mech<lnical Engineering ohtained.
Mech. Eng. Mech. Eng. Industrial Eng. Industrial Eng.
normal part-time Sandwich normal part-time Sandwich
Stage I Stage I Stage I Stage I
CEllI Same as normal Same as Mech. Eng. Same as Mech. Eng.
MEllI part-time normal part-time normal part-time
GEI12
MEIJI
Maths I
!! units !! units 8 units 8 units
Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2
ME22J ME223 Same as Mech. Eng. ME223
GEISI EEIJI normal part-time EEIJI
Chern. IS GEISI GEI51
Physics IA Chern IS Chern IS
Physics IA Physics IA
46
,
!
I
Stage 3
Stage 3 - Stage 3 Stage 3 -
1st Semester I st Semester
ME212
MElOI ME2l2 MElOI
ME214
ME202 ME2l4 ME202
ME232
ME214 ME232 ME214
ME241
MEl71 ME241 ME271
ME27l
EM2CO ME271 ME2CO
EM2CO
EM28D EM2CO EM2BD
EM28D
GE204 EM28D GE204
ME092
ME092
9 unih X unih 9 units It units
Stage 4
Stage 4 - Stage 4 Stage 4 -
EEIJI
EE211 EEIJI EE211
GE204
GElUS GE204 GElOS
GE20S
ME20) ME201 ME203
ME201
ME212 ME202 ME212
ME202
ME2)2 ME20J ME2J2
ME203
ME241 ME2S1 ME241
ME25l
ME2S1 EM2H ME251
EM2H
EM2H ME093 EM2H
ME093
ME097 ME097
Stage 5 Stage S- Stage S Stage 5 -
1st Semester 1st Semester
EE211 GE301 EE211 GEJOI
GE360 GE360 GE205 GE360
ME302 ME312 GE360 ME312
ME342 ME333 ME34) MEJ3J
ME343 ME352 ME381 ME38l
ME352 ME373 ME3!!3 ME3!!3
ME372 I unit ME482 ME482
ME373 Eie-ctive ME094 ME4B7
ME094
9 unih Ii units 8 units 9 units
Stage 6 Stage 6- Stage (; Stage 6 -
GE301 ME302 GEJOI MEJ43
ME3l2 ME342 ME312 ME484
ME333 ME34J MD3J ME4BB
5 units ME372 ME487 5 units
Electives 5 units - ME488 Electives
Electives 4 unib
Electives
Suge 7 Stage 7 Stage 7 Stage 7
ME413 ME413 ME413 ME413
ME485 ME485 ME483 ME483
ME496 ME496 ME4B4 ME485
3 units- 3 units ME4!!5 ME496
Electives Electives ME496 2 units
2 units Electives
Electives
All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering.
Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering or combined degree programmes who
have not completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of 1983 shall
be deemed to be enrolled thereafter in the new degree courses to be introduced in 1984
with credit for aU subjects passed in the old courses.
Students who have passed ME313 will be granted standing in ME4J3.
Students who have passed subjects not in1cuded in the new course will be granted standing
in the appropriate electives.
47
(a) Mechanical Enf{ineeriflf{
Eleven elective units shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules:
I. Elective units shall be selected from the list of Approved Elective Subjects
(except as provided in rules 3 and 4 below).
2. No more than 4 units may be selected from Strand 7 - Humanities.
3. Parttime students may select up to 3 units from the Industrial Experience units
offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
4. In exceptional circumstances. the Head of the Department of Mechanical
Engineering may approve the selection of elective units not listed in the list of
Approved Elective Subjects.
(b) IIltlwHial Enf{ineerinK
Nine elective units shall be chosen in accordance with the following rules:
I. Elective units shall be selected from the list of Approved Elective Subjects
(except as provided below).
2. Part-time students may select up to 3 units from the Industrial Experience units
offered by the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
3. In exceptional circumstances. the Head of the Department of Mechanical
Engineering may approve the selection of elective units notiisted in the list of
Approved Elective Subjects.
(c) Apl'rol'ed Elective Suhje(,.\
The following subjects have been approved for selection by Mechanical Engineering
and Industrial Engineering students in accordance with the Elective Requirements of
their respective courses.
It is strongly recommended that students concentrate their choice of elective units in at
least one of strands I to 5.
Note: I. Not all of the subjects listed below may be available in every year. Before
selecting Electives. students should consult the University Timetable.
2. Timetable clashes may prevent the selection of certain combinations of
Elective subjects.
Strand I - Engineering Science Units
ME342 Properties of Materials II 1
ME352 Fluid Mechanics II I
ME373 Thermodynamics II I
ME434 Dynamics of Machines III I
ME444 Properties of Materials III 1
ME445 Mechanics of Solids III I
ME453 Fluid Mechanics III I
ME473 Thermodynamics III I
ME474 Heat Transfer II I
Strand 2 - Computinf{
EE264
GE325
EE342
ME405
Introduction to Computer Architecture and
Assembly Language
Microprocessor Systems and Applications
Linear System Theory
Advanced Numerical Programming
Commercial Programming
48
Strand 3 .- Desif{n
ME384 Design for Production
ME410 Advanced Design Concepts
ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems I
ME420 Bulk Materials Handling Systems II
ME421 Conveying of Bulk Solids
CE314 Structural Analysis I 2
CE315 Structural Design I 2
CE415 Optimal Design of Structural Elements I
Strand 4 - SY.Hem.\ Operaliom Research and Indu.l"lrial Enf{ineerinf{
ME381 Methods Engineering
ME383 Quality Engineering
ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems I
ME420 Bulk Materials Handling Systems II
ME421 Conveying of Bulk Solids
ME481 Engineering Administration
ME482 Engineering Economics I
ME483 Production Scheduling
ME484 Engineering Economics II
ME487 Operations Research: Fundamental Techniques
ME488 Operations Research: Planning. Inventory Control
and Management
EE342 Linear System Theory
Strand 5 - f:)1\'iron;"ental Enf{ineering
ME407 Environmental Engineering I
ME409 Introduction to Noise Pollution Control I
SV472 Land Valuation I
SV473 Town Planning 2
Strand 6- Project/ Directed Reading
ME497 Project, Directed Reading 2
ME498 Project; Directed Reading I
Strand 7 - Humanities
GE302 Technology and Human Values II 2
Any subject offered by the departments of the Faculty of Arts or the
Faculty of Economics and Commerce. subject to the approval of the
Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
(d) Ust Industrial Experience Subjects
The following subjects have been approved for this purpose.
ME092 Industrial Experience I unit
ME097 Industrial Experience 2 units
ME098 Industrial Experience 2 units
The subjects ME097 and ME098 may be taken only by students enrolled under the sandwich pattern.
Note:
The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering has resolved that the subject
Introductory Quantitative Methods offered by the Department of Economics may
not be taken asan elective subject by students enrolled in the Faculty of Engineering.
49
-
(el DEPART.HF.vTOF .HfJALU'RGl'
Index
(il B.Met. approvcd programme
(ii) Rccommended parHime B.Met. programme
(iii) B.Sc.(MeL) - approved programme
{iVl Transition Arrangements
(v) Elective RCljuirements
(i) B.Met. - approved programme
SlIhied
YEAR I
OEI41
ChEI51
(,hE152
GE151
YEAR II
EM2CO
EM2BD
OE204
GE20S
Mct261
Met214
Mct241
Met251
Met271
Met2!11
YEAR III
Mct301
ChE353
Mct314
Met3SS
Met37S
Met391
Met392
YEAR IV
Met401
Met402
Met491
Mathematics 1
Physics IA
Chemistry I
Industrial Principle,
Chemical and Eljulpment
I
Introduction to Materiab Sl:ience
Vector and Differential
Complex Analysis and linear Algebra
Engineering I
Engineering Computations 11
Theory of Metallurgical I
M
Metallography
Fabrication Metallurg)
Atomic and Electronic Structure
Electives I
Communication Skills
Process Economics
Theory of Metallurgical Processes II
Physical Mctallurgy
Industrial Metallurgy
Met300 Subjects
Physical Metallurgy Laboratory
OR
Chcmical Metallurgy Laboratory
Electives II
Directed Reading
Metallurgy Seminar
laboratory Pro.iect
Met400 Subjects
50
PlIKl' I
50
I 51
52
1
53
54
('lIil,'
4
4
4
16
J
16

1/2
]
2
2
2
2
4
16
2
I
2
,
IJ
Noles
I. Part-time students may. with the permission of the Head of Department. take 2 units of
Met400 subjects or other subjects in lieu of Met491 Laboratory Project.
2. To be chosen after consultation with the Head of Department.
3. EM2BD is a single unit combination of the second-year Mathematics topics, Topic B Complex
Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra. Students may. if they wish, take these topics in full.
in which case the three units of EM2CO and EM2BD would be replaced with the unit 4 subject
Mathematics JlA comprising Topics CO. Band D. One unit of Mathematics IIA would be
4. Part-time students may take up to 5 units of Met09 - Industrial Experience subjects in lieu of
Met49 I Laboratory Project and 3 Met400 units.
Lisl uf Me/JOO Sub;e/'/S
Met311 Statistical Design and Optimisation of Metallurgical Processes
Met312 Modelling & Control of Metallurgical Process
Met322 Electrochemistry, Corrosion & Hydrometallurgy
Met353 Solidification Processes
Met354 Quantitative Metallography
Met356 Metallographic Techniques
Met364 Refractories
Met374 Welding & Non-Destructive Testing
Not all the above Subjects will be offered in any given year.
Met411
Met414
Met451
Met4S2
Met4S3
Met481
Met482
Met490
v.,t or Mel400 Sub;e("1S
Metallurgy Computations
Theory of Metallurgical Processes III
Structure of Real Crystals
Physical Metallurgy
Metallography
Disclocation Theory
Metal Physics
Design Project
Unit.s
Unit.s
I
3
I
I
I
I
I
2
After discussion with the Head of Department, certain of these subjects may be offered at a higher
level and at an increased unit value. Not all the above Subjects will be offered in any given year.
Only a student transferring from the degree of B.Sc.(Met.) may claim his industrial
experience as appropriate Met092-096 Industrial Experience units.
(ii) Recommended Part-Time B.Met. Programme
Stage I Stage 5
Mathematics I Met301
ChEI41 ChE353
ChEISI Met314
GEISI 8 units Met355
ChEI52 Met375
Met09S
9 units
Stale 1
Chemistry I
Physics IA
MetOn 9 units
Stale 3 Stage 6
EM2CO 2 units Met300
EM2BD Met391 or 392
Met241 Met096 9 units
Mel251 4 units of Elective
Met26 I
Met27 I
Met28 I
Met093 9 units
51
Stage 4
GE2D4
GE2D5
Mct214
3 units of Elective
Met094 9 units
Siage 7
Met401
Met402
5 unib Met400
K unih
The following table illustrates the possible combinations of part-time and full-time
study which enable the B.Met. degree to be completed in from four to seven years of
study.
The numerals in italics refer to the number of units to be taken in a year of full-time
study whilst numerals in type refer to the units taken in a year of part-time
study. An astensked numeral mdlcates that this figure includes one Met09 - Industrial
Experience unit.
4 years S years
First year 16 8
Second year 16 9'
Third year 16 16
Fourth year 13 16
Fifth year 12
Sixth year
Seventh year
(iii) B.Sc.(Met.) - Approved Programme
Suh;e{"f
Siage 1
ChEI41
ChEl51
ChEI52
GEI51
Stage 1
Stage 3
EM2CO
EM2BD
Met241
Met251
Met261
Met271
Met281
Siage 4
GE2D4
GE2D5
Met214
Mathematics I
Industrial Process Principles
Industrial Chemical & Equipment
Industrial Process Design I
Chemistry I
Physics IA
Microplasticity
Metallography
Fabrication Metallurgy
Atomic and Electronic Structure
Theory of Metallurgical Processes I
Electives
52
6 years
9'
'0'
'0'
16
"
7 years
9'
9'
9'
9'
9'
8
Unif.1
4
4
4
8
2
,
,
--'
8
..1
8
Stage S
MetJOI
ChEJ5J
MetJl4
MetJ55
MetJ75
Stage 6
MetJ91
MetJ92
Communication Skills
Process Economics
Theory of Metallurgical II
Physical Metallurgy
Industrial Metallurgy
MetJOO Subjects
Physical Metallurgy Laboratory
OR
Electives
2
4
8
All students currently enrolled in the Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) degree. or the
Bachelor of Metallurgy degree. or any combined degree programme. who have not
completed the requirements for the award of the degree by the end of 1981 shall be deemed
to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree course to be introduced in 1982. with credit for
all subjects passed in the old course. and subject to transition conditions given hereunder.
I. Indi\,jdual
Students out of phase with year by year progression will be granted standing in all
units passed in 1980 and previous years. The following additional information may
be used to determine standing:
(a) Students who have passed MEI21 Workshop Practice prior to 198) may
count that unit in lieu of ChE 151 Industrial Chemical Processes & Equipment.
(b) Suh;eca a/ready pas.I"e(/ Siandinx 10 he xrameti
MElli Graphics & Engineering ChEI52 Industrial Process Design I
Drawing
Mel351 Metallography
Met355 Physical Metallurgy
Met352 Physical Metallurgy
Met371 Materials Selection
Met375 Industrial Metallurgy
Met372 Industrial Metallurgy
EM2F Numerical Analysis &
ME204 Engineering Computations
Computing
ME204 Engineering GE204 Engineering Computations I
Computations GE2D5 Engineering Computations II
plus I unit of Elective
2. Exceptional Circumstances
In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in particular cases. the
Dean may determine the transition programme to be followed. This applies mainly
to students who have partially completed Year III in 1979.
53

Note:
The seven units of Elective must be chosen from subjects approved by the Head of
the Department of Metallurgy. The following Jist contains subjects recommended
by the Head of Department but is not exhaustive:
Physics II (4 units)
Second year Mathematics topics (I unit each)
Electronics & Instrumentation 11 (4 units)
CE III Statics
GEI12 Introduction to Engineering Design
MEI31 Dynamics
Year I offered by Departments within the Faculty of Arts, Faculty
of SCience or Faculty of Economics and Commerce
Year III or Year IV subjects offered by Departments within the Faculty of
Engineering.
The Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering resolved that the subject Introductory Quantitati\e
Methods.offered by the Department of Economics may not be taken as an elective subject by students
enrolled In the Faculty of Engineering.
54
,
:;
II - REGULATIONS GOVERNING DIPLOMAS OFFERED IN THE
FACliLTY OF ENGINEERING
General
I. These Regulations are made in accordance with the powers vested in the Council
under By-law 5.2.1 and prescribe the conditions and requirements relating to the
Diploma in Industrial Engineering and the Diploma in Surveying.
De.f/nilions
2. (I) In these Regulations and the Schedules thereto. unless the context or subject
matter otherwise indicates or requires:
"course" means the total requirements as prescribed in the schedule to qualify a
candidate for the award of the Diploma;
"Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering;
"Department" means the department or departments offering a particular
subject and includes any other body doing so;
"Diploma" means the Diploma in Industrial Engineering or the Diploma in
Surveying as the case may be:
"Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering;
"responsible department" means the department designated as such in the
Schedule:
"Schedule" means the Schedule to these Regulations relevant to the diploma in
which a person is enrolled or proposing to enrol:
"subject" means any part of the course for which a result may be recorded.
(2) The unit value of a subject for the purposes of these Regulations shall be
determined by the Faculty Board.
Admission and I:.nrolmenr
3. (I) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall have satisfied the
requirements for admission specified in the Schedule.
(2) Application for admission to candidature shall be considered by the Faculty
Board which may approve or reject any application.
4. (I) In any year a candidate shall enrol only in those subjects approved by the Dean
or his nominee.
(2) A candidate will not be permitted to enrol in any subject which is deemed by the
Faculty Board to be substantially equivalent to one which he has previously
counted towards a degree or diploma.
Standing
5. (I) The Faculty Board. on the recommendation of the Head of the responsible
department. may grant a candidate standing in the course in recognition of
work completed in this University or elsewhere on such conditions as the
Faculty Board may determine.
(2) The standing granted under this regulation shall not exceed the unit value
specified in the Schedule.
6. (I) The Faculty Board. on the recommendation of the Head of Department. may
prescribe prerequisites andl or corequisites for a subject.
55
(2) Except with the approval of the Dean, a candidate may not enrol in a subject
unless he or she has passed any subject prescribed as its prerequisite and has
already passed or concurrently enrols in or is already enrolled in any subject
prescribed as its corequisite.
Withdrawal
7. (1) (\ cand.idate may withdraw from in a or the Diploma only by
mformmg the Secretary to the Umverslty m wfltmg and the withdrawal shall
take effect from the date of receipt of such notification.
(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the relevant date shall be
deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the Dean to
withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be:
(a) in the case of any subject offered only in the first half of the academic year
the last Monday of first term; ,
(b) in the case of any subject offered only in the second half of the academic
year, the fourth Monday of third term;
(c) in the case of any other subject, the last Monday of second term.
Sub;ect Requirements
8. (I) To .complete a subject, a candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials,
semmars, laboratory classes and field work and submit such written or other
work as the Department shall require.
(2) To pass a sub.il;:ct a candidate shall complete it and pass such examinations as
the Faculty Board shall require.
Grading of Diploma
9. The Diploma shall be awarded in one grade only.
Award of Diploma
10.
To qualify for the award of the Diploma, a candidate shall enrol and satisfy the
reqUirements prescribed in the Schedule.
Exceptional Circumstances
II. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case, the
Senate on the. recommendation of the Faculty Board may relax any provision of
these Regulations.
SCHEDULE I - DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
I.
2.
For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the Diploma
shall be the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
(I) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University
of Newcastle; or
(b) haye requirements for admission to a degree in another
umverslty recogmsed for this purpose by the Faculty Board; or
(c) hold such other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the
purpose of admission to candidature.
(2) the provisions of sub-sectio.n. (I). the Faculty Board may
req.Ulre an to complete such prerequISIte and/or corequisite studies
as It may prescnbe.
56
f

,

3. (I)
(2)
To qualify for the award of the Diploma, a candidate shall pass a programme of
subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation ofthe Head of
the responsible department totalling not less than twelve units.
The programme referred to in sub-section (I) shall contain two units of study
comprising the investigation of and report on a project specified by the Head of
the responsible department.
4. Standing granted to a candidate under Regulation 5 of these Regulations shall not
exceed six units, except that a candidate who has transferred from the Master of
Engineering Science degree course may be granted standing in subjects equivalent to
the unit value of those subjects completed while the candidate was enrolled in the
degree course.
5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, the course shall not be completed
in less than two years of part-time study.
SCHEDULE 2 - DIPLOMA IN SURVEYING
l. For the purposes of these Regulations the responsible department for the Diploma
shall be the Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.
2. (I) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission toa degree in the University
of Newcastle; or
(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in another
university recognised for this purpose by the Faculty Board; or
(c) have Registration as a Land Surveyor, or hold the issue of a Certificate of
Competency, by any of the Boards of Surveyors of Australia or New
Zealand; or
(d) hold such other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for the
purpose of admission to candidature.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-section (I) the Faculty Board may
require an applicant to complete such prerequisite and/or corequisite studies
as it may prescribe.
3. To qualify for the award of the Diploma, a candidate shall pass a programme of
subjects approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the
responsible department totalling not less than twelve units.
4. Standing granted to a candidate under Regulation 5 of these Regulations shall not
exceed four units.
5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, the course shall not be completed
in less than two years of part-time study.
57
Approved
(a) Diploma in Industrial Engineering
Students enrolling in the Diploma in Industrial Engineering may select their
programme from the following list of subjects:
ME381
ME383
ME481
ME482
ME483
ME484
ME485
ME487
ME488
Methods Engineering
Quality Engineering
Engineering Administration
Engineering Economics I
Production Scheduling
Engineering Economics II
Numerical Control and Computer Aided
Manufacturing
Operations Research - Fundamental Techniques
Operations Research - Planning. Inventory Control and
Management
Cnjl.l'
ME582D Industrial Computations I
ME681D Industrial Law 2
M E684D Project 2
The above list of subjects is for use simply as a guide in the selection of a programme. The
list not exhaustive. Students may, if they wish. select other ME400/ 500 level subjects or
subjects offered by departments other than the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
Please note th.at the programme selected must be approved by the Faculty Board on the
recommendation of the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
(b) Diploma in Surveying
The Faculty Board has approved the subjects listed below for inclusion in the
Diploma programme.
Note
CE351
CE372
CE474
SV271
SV313
SV314
SV334
SV351
SV361
SV393
SV416
SV441
SV452
SV462
SV465
SV472
SV473
SV475
SV582
Civil Engineering Systems I
Transportation Engineering
Transportation Planning
Basic Regional and Urban Economics
Surveying III
Hydrographic Surveying
Survey Computations III
Geodesy I
Photogrammetry I
Land Boundary Defmitions
Surveying IV
Astronomy
Geodesy II
Photogrammetry II
Advanced Cartography
Land Valuation
Town Planning
Survey Management and Planning
Project
Geography lIB
Economics I
I. A ten day live-in Survey Camp is included as part of SV313.
58
Unjl.l'
I
I
I
2
2
I
I
2
2
I
2
2
I
I
I
I
2
I
2
4
4
,
(c) MASTER DEGREE
REGULATIONS GOVERNING MASTER DEGREES
PART I - GENERAL
I. (I)
These Regulations, including the Schedules thereto, prescribe the conditions
and requirements relating to the degrees of Master of Architecture. Master of
Arts, Master of Commerce, Master of Education, Master of Educational
Studies, Master of Engineering, Master of Engineering Science. Master of
Mathematics. Master of Psychology (Clinical). Master of Psychology
(2)
(Educational) and Master of Science.
In these Regulations and the Schedules thereto. unless the context or subject
matter otherwise indicates or requires:
"Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty responsible for the
course in which a person is enrolled or is proposing to enrol;
"programme" means the programme of research and study prescribed in the
Schedule;
"Schedule" means the Schedule of these Regulations pertaining to the course in
which a person is enrolled or is proposing to enrol; and
"thesis" means any thesis or dissertation submitted by a candidate.
(3) These Regulations shall not apply to degrees conferred honoris causa.
(4) A degree of Master shall be conferred in one grade only.
2. An application for admission to candidature for a degree of Master shall be made
on the prescribed form and lodged with the Secretary to the University by the
prescribed date.
3. (I) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a) (i) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree of
Bachelor in the University of Newcastle as specified in the
Schedule; or
(ii) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree or
equivalent qualification, approved for the purpose by the Faculty
Board, in another tertiary institution; or
(iii) have such other qualifications and experience as may be approved
by the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board or
otherwise as may be specified in the Schedule; and
(b) have satisfied such other requirements as may be specified in the
Schedule.
(2) Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule. applications for admission to
candidature shall be considered by the Faculty Board which may approve or
reject any application.
(3) An applicant shall not be admitted to candidature unless adequate supervision
and facilities are available. Whether these are available shall be determined
by the Faculty Board unless the Schedule otherwise provides.
4. To qualify for admission to a degree of Master a candidate shall enrol and satisfy
the requirements of these Regulations including the Schedule.
S. The programme shall be carried out:-
(a) under the guidance of a supervisor or supervisors either appointed by the
Faculty Board or as otherwise prescribed in the Schedule; or
., (b) as the Faculty Board may otherwise determine.
,1.
6. Upon request by a candidate the Faculty Board may grant leave of absence from
the course. Such leave shall not be taken into account in calculating the period for
the programme prescribed in the Schedule.
59
7. (I) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by informing the
Secretary to the University in writing and such withdrawal shall take effect
from the date of receipt of such notification.
(2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the relevant date shall
be deemed to have failed in that subject unless granted permission by the
Dean to withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be:
(a) in the case of a subject offered in the first half of the academic year ._
the last Monday in first term;
(b) in the case of a subject offered in the second half of the academic vear-
the fourth Monday in third term; -
(c) in the case of any other subject - the last Monday in second term.
8. (I) If Faculty Board is of the opinion that the candidate is not making
satisfactory progress towards the degree then it may terminate the candidature
or place such conditions on its continuation as it deems fit.
(2) For purpose ?f assessing a. candidate's progress, the Faculty Board may
reqUire any candidate to submit a report or reports on his progress.
(3) A candidate against whom a decision of the Faculty Board has been made
under Regulation 8(1) of these Regulations may request that the Faculty
Board cause his case to be reviewed. Such request shall be made to the Dean
of the within seven days from the date of posting to the candidate
the advice of the Faculty Board's decision or such further period as the
Dean may accept.
(4) A mar: appeal to the Vice-Chancellor against any decision made
followmg the review under Regulation 8(3) of these Regulations.
9. In circumstances arising in a particular case. the Senate, on the
recommendation of the Faculty Board, may relax any provision of ,these
Regulations.
PART II - EXAMINATION AND RESULTS
10.
The Examination. approved from time to time by the Council shall
apply to all to a degree of Master with the exception
of the exammatlOn of a thesIs which shall be conducted in accordance with the
provisions of Regulations 12 to 16 inclusive of these Regulations.
II. The Faculty Board shall consider the results in subjects. the reports of examiners
and any other recommendations prescribed in the Schedule and shall decide:
(a) to recommend to the Council that the candidate be admitted to the degree; or
(b) in a ca.se where a thesis has been submitted, to permit the candidate to
resubmit an amended thesis within twelve months of the date on which the
candidate is advised of the result of the first examination or within such
longer period of time as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or
(c) to the candidate to undertake such further oral, written or practical
exammatlOns as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or
(d) not to recom!llend that the candidate be admitted to the degree, in which
case the candidature shall be terminated.
PART III - PROVISIONS RELATING TO THESES
12. (I) The subject ?f a thesis shall be approved by the Faculty Board on the
recommendatIOn of the Head of the Department in which the candidate is
carrying out his research.
(2) The shall not contai.n as its main content any work or material which
,pre.vlOusly been submitted by the candidate for a degree in any tertiary
mstltutlon unless the Faculty Board otherwise permits.
13. candidate shall give to the Secretary to the University three months' written
notice of the date he expects to submit a thesis and such notice shall be accompanied
by any prescribed fee. t
I. At present there is no fee payable.
60
14. (I) The candidate shall comply with the following provisions concerning the
presentation of a thesis:
(a) the thesis shall contain an abstract of approximately 200 words
describing its content;
(b) the thesis shall be typed and bound in a manner prescribed by the
University;
(c) three copies of the thesis shall be submitted together with:
(i) a certificate signed by the candidate that the main content of the
thesis has not been submitted by the candidate for a degree of
any other tertiary institution; and
(ii) a certificate signed by the supervisor indicating whether the
candidate has completed the programme and whether the thesis
is of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination; and
(iii) if the candidate so desires. any documents or published work
of the candidate whether bearing on the subject 9f the thesis or
not.
(2) The Faculty Board shall determine the course of action to be taken should
the certificate of the supervisor indicate that in the opinion of the supervisor
the thesis is not of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination.
15. The University shall be entitled to retain the submitted copies of the thesis,
accompanying documents and published work. The University shall be free to
allow the thesis to be consulted or borrowed and. subject to the provisions of
the Copyright Act, 1968 (Com.). may issue it in whole or any part in photocopy
or microfilm or other copying medium.
16. (I) For each candidate two examiners, at least one of whom shall be an external
examiner (being a person who is not a member of the staff of the University)
shall be appointed either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in
the Schedule.
(2) If the examiner's reports are such that the Faculty Board is unable to make
any decision pursuant to Regulation II of these Regulations, a third
examiner shall be appointed either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as
prescribed in the Schedule.
SCHEDULE 6 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING
I.. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the
degree of Master of Engineering.
2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree with honours in
the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose
by the Faculty Board in the area in which he proposes to carry out his
research; OR
(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree in the University of
Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the Faculty
Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board such
work and such examinations as determined by the Faculty Board; OR
(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other qualifications
:Jd- as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the
Head of the Department in which the candidate proposes to carry out his
:ld i; programme.
wJt-:I,To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction
of the Faculty Board a programme consisting of:
(a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and
(b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.
61
4. The Programme shall be completed:
(a) in not less than two academic years except that. in the case of a candidate
who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours
or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who has
had previous research experience, the Faculty Board may reduce this period
to not less than one academic year; and
(b) except with the permission of the Faculty Board, not more than 5 years
5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board a candidate shall part in
research seminars within the Department in which he is carrying out his research.
SCHEDULE 7 - MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIE"CE
I. The Faculty of Engineering shall be responsible for the course leading to the
degree of Master of Engineering Science.
2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall:
(a) satisfied requirements for admission to a four year full-time or
eqUival.ent rart-tlme Bachelor's degree in Engineering or Metallurgy from
the University of Newcastle or any other approved university; OR
(b) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a three year full-time or
equivalent parHime Bachelor's degree of the University of Newcastle or am
other approved university and have completed to the satisfaction of the
Faculty Board such work and examinations as determined by the Facultv
Board; OR .
(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of such academic and professional
attainments as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the recommendation
of the Head of Department in which the applicant proposes to carry out the
programme.
3. (I) candidate shall nominate the Department in which he proposes 10 pursue
hiS programme.
(2) The Head of such Department shall make recommendations to Faculty
Board as to:
(a) the candidate's suitability for admission to candidature:
(b) the adequacy of facilities for supervision of the proposed programme:
(c) the supervisor or supervisors who should be appointed to supervise the
candidate's programme.
4. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete a programme of
study comprising subjects I totalling 12 units as may be prescribed by the Faculty
.Board: N?t less than two nor more than four of such units shall comprise the
investigatIOn of and report on a project specified by the supervisor or supervisors
concerned.
5. A candidate may be granted standing by the Faculty Board on such conditions as
the Faculty Board may determine in up to six units in recognition of work
completed in this University or elsewhere.
6. (I) The programme shall be completed in not less than one academic vcar in
the case of a full-time candidate or not less than two academic years" in the
case of a part-time candidate.
(2) Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, the programme shall be
completed in not more than two years in the case of a full-time candidate
and not more than three years in the case of a part-time candidate.
I. For list of approved M.Eng.Sc. subjects sce page 64 of this Handbook.
62
.,
'1.!
I.
2.
SCHEDULE II - MASTER OF SCIENCE
A candidate for the degree of Master of Science may be enrolled in either the
Faculty of Engineering or the of Science. The Faculty in which the
candidate is enrolled shall be responsible for the programme.
(I) To be eligible for admission to candidature in the Faculty of Science an
applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the degree of
Bachelor of Science with honours Class I or Class II of the University
of Newcastle or to a degree. approved for this purpose by the Faculty
Board. of this or any other university; OR
(b) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the degree of
Bachelor of Science of the University of Newcastle or other approved
university and have completed such work and passed such examinations
as the Faculty Board may have determined and have achieved a
standard at least equivalent to that required for admission to a degree
of bachelor with second class honours in an appropriate subject; OR
(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other
qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the
recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the applicant
proposes to carry out the programme.
(2) To be eligible for admission to candidature in the Faculty of Engineering
an applicant shall:
(a) have satisfied the requirements for admission to a degree with honours
in the University of Newcastle or other university approved for this
purpose by the Faculty Board in the area in which he proposes to carry
out his research; OR
(b) have satisfied the requirements farad mission to a degree in the University
of Newcastle or other university approved for this purpose by the
Faculty Board and have completed to the satisfaction of the Faculty
Board such work and examinations as determined by the Faculty
Board; OR
(c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing such other
qualifications as may be approved by the Faculty Board on the
recommendation of the Head of the Department in which the
candidate proposes to carry out his programme.
3. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall complete to the satisfaction
of the Faculty Board a programme consisting of:
(a) such work and examinations as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board; and
(b) a thesis embodying the results of an original investigation or design.
4. The programme shall be completed -
(a) in not less than two academic years except that, in the case of a candidate
who has completed the requirements for a degree of Bachelor with honours
or a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or who has
had previous research experience. the Faculty Board may reduce this
period not less than one academic year; and
(b) except with the permission of the Faculty Board, in not more than 5 years.
S. (I) Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, which shall be given only
in special circumstances, a part-time candidate enrolled in the Faculty of
Science shall:
(a) conduct the major proportion of the research or design work in the
University; and
(b) take part in research seminars within the Department in which he is
carrying out his research.
63
(2) Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, a candidate enrolled in
the Faculty of Engineering shall take part in the research seminars within
the Department in which he is carrying out his research.
Approved M.Eng.Sci. Subjects
The following subjects have been approved for inclusion in the M.Eng.Sci. course
programme. Not all subjects will be offered in anyone year. For details of which subjects
will be offered in 1983 consult the Department concerned. See note on page 66.
D{'partment of Chemical Engine{'ring
ChE501 Chemical Principles for Effluent Control
ChE511 Advanced Heat
ChE51]
ChE5t4
ChE515
ChE516
ChE517
ChE521
ChE522
ChE52)
ChE524
ChE551
ChE563
ChE576
ChE581
ChE5H2
ChE585
ChE611
ChE612
ChE621
Advanced Combustion
Furnacc Enginecring
Energy Managcment
Reaction Engineering
Engineering
Air Pollution Eftluent Control
Control of industriall.iquid ECOuenls
Partieulatc
Comminution
Polymer Technology
Mineral Processing
Fluid Mechanics
Advanced I
Advanced Computations II
Advanced Control
Ad"anced Problems in Mass Transfer and
Reaction Engineering
Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer
Advanced in Effluent Control
Deparlm{'nl of Civil Engineering
CESIO Elastic Continua
CE511
CES12
CE514
CESI5
CES26
CES28
CES37
CE544
CES54
CE574
CES75
CE612
CE626
Plastic Frame Design
Thin Walled Structures
Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells
Optimal Design of Structural Elemenh
Alhanced Properties of Materials
Soil Mechanics
River and Coastal Engineering I
Water Quality Management
Civil Engincering Systems 11
Transportation Planning
Highway Engineering
Prcstressed Concrete Design
Theoretical Aspects of Fracture Mechanics
64
Ullin
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
I
I
I
I
I
2
2
Department of Electrical Engineering
EESI6 Advanced Powcr Systems
EESI7 Variable Speed Drive Systems
EES26 Advanced Digital
EE541 Admnced Digital Signal Processing
EE542 Modern Control
EE54)
EES45
EE547
EESSI
EES52
EE562
EE56)
EE564
EE566
EE567
H56X
EE641
EE642
Optimi/ation Techniques
Advanced Communication Systems
Digital
Electromagnetic Propagation and
Advanced Topics in Communication Systems
Topics in Switching Theon- -
Computer Operating
Compiler Construction
Automata Theory
Computer Process Control
Advanced Computer Architecture
Multi\ariable Control Systems
Stochastic Control
Department of Mechanical Engineering
ME40S
ME407
ME409
ME410
ME419
ME420
ME444
ME484
ME487
ME488
ME503
ME505
ME508
Advanced Numerical Programming
Environmental Engineering
Introduction to Noise Pollution Control
Advanced Concepts I
Bulk Materials Handling I
Bulk Materials Handling Systems II
Properties of Materials III
Engineering Economics II
Operations Research -- Fundamental Techniques
Operations Research Planning. Inventory
Control and Management
Design of Experiments for Engineering Research
Systems Organisation and Control
Air Pollution Studies 11
ME511 Experimental and Theoretical Stress Analysis
MESI5 Advanced Design Concepts II
ME517 Materials Handling and Transportation Systcms
MES35 Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry
MES53 Turbulent Flows
MES54 Computation of Fluid Flows and Hcat Transfer
MES81 Mathematical Programming 11
MES82 Probabilistic Models in Operations Research
ME583 Modelling of Management Problems
ME584 Simulation
ME685 Advanced Operations Research
Department of Metallurgy
MetS2l
MetS31
MetS32
MetS33
MetS51
MetS52
MetS53
MelS61
MelS81
Met582
Metallurgical Thermodynamics
Heat Transfer
Fluid Mechanics
Metallurgical Rate Processes
Electron Metallography
Physical Metallurgy
Metallography
Dislocation Theory
Metal Physics
65
['//;1.1
Interdepartmental Subjech
GE501
GE502
GE503
Air Pollution I
Coal and
Mineral in COil I
GE504 Coal Prepitration
GE505 Metallurgical 01 COilll'tlli,ati"n
GE506 Mining
2
.... OTE: (i) careful seiccti\ln (If l'an in \lI1C \11 the t'lllo\\ing:
A. Applied Structurc'
B Computer SClencC
C. Engincl'ring Matcriab
D Emirnnmental Studlc' Fmimnmcntal EngilK'cring
E. Fluid
F Furnacc Engineering
G Research Managcmcnt Scicncl'
H. Mineral Enginet'ring
I.
J. Coal
(ii) may. if the\' wish. selcct oftcrcd mllther III the appro\al
of the F<lculty Board of Engmeenng.
66
III - POLICIES DETERMINED BY FACULTY BOARD
UNDER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The following policies have been determined by Faculty Board under the provisions of the
various Regulations currently in force within the University.
(a) Award of Merit and Honours
The Award of Merit and Honours in the Degrees of Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor
of Science (Engineering), Bachelor of Metallurgy. Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy)
Bachelor of Surveying is based on the complete record of the candidates over the
entIre course.
Faculty Board awards Honours and Merit gradings to students who have met the
requirements for their respective degrees on the recommendation of the appropriate
Head of Department. The following has been approved by faculty Board as a guide
to the method to be followed in the award of Honours and Merit gradings.
Honours Gradings in Bachelor of Engineering,
Bachelor of Metallurgy and Bachelor of Surveying Degrees
I. The subjects taken in the degree are divided into four groups based on the years
in which they would normally have been taken according to the
programmes as set out in the degree schedules.
2. Grade points are assigned to subjects on the basis of the grades obtained in that
subject. as follows:
HD
D 3

FF, WF, AF and EF = 0
3. The product of the grade points assigned to a subject and the unit value of that
subject yields the unit grade point product of each subject.
That is Win
i
= Unit grade point product for subject i
Where Wi = Grade points assigned to subject i
n
i
= Unit value for subject i.
4. The grade point average is calculated for each group of subjects as follows:
GPA(tl
Where GPA(t) = Grade point average of subjects grouped in year t
Wini)t = Sum of unit grade point products for subjects grouped in year t
ni ) t = Sum of unit values for subjects grouped in year t
5. The unweighted overall grade point average (GPA) is calculated thus
GPA
GPA(t)
4
67
6. The weighted overall grade point average (WGPA) is calculated thus
I
WGPA =7 (GPA(I) + GPA(2) + 2GPA(J) + J{l['A(4))
7. rhc weighted overall grade point average calculated abO\c is used as a guide for
the recommendation of honours gradings on the basis of
WGPA:? 2.5 Honours Class I
1.0 -:;: WGPA < 2.5 Honours Class II I)
1.5 -:;: WGPA < 2.0 Honours Class II 2).
8. In making their recommendation Heads of Departments should to the
Faculty Board the complete record of each candidate being recommended for an
honours grading, together with the grade point average for cach yearly grouping
of subjects as well as both the wcighted and unweighted o\'crall grade point
averages.
9. Note (i) The following are excluded from the above calculation:
(a) Subjects for which a full range of grades are not awarded;
(b) Subjects in which a student has been granted standing;
(c) Subjects from which a student has withdrawn without penalty.
(ii) Repeats in a subject after a grade of FF, WF, AF or EF has been
awarded are treated as an extra subject taken in the year in which the
previously failed subject is normaUy taken.
(iii) Any subject taken as an elective shall be given a weighting in the
honours calculations according to the year in which the subject is
normally taken in the courses offered by the Faculty of which the
Department offering the subject forms part.
For example. Engineering 100,200,300 and 400 level subjects would be
given the weighting I. 1.2 and J respectively. Any first year subject
offered by a Department outside the Faculty of Engineering would be
weighted as a first year subject (i.e. I).
(iv) Industrial Experience subjects shall be included in the calculation for
GPA( I) regardless of the year of the course in which such subjects are
completed.
Merit Gradings in Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and
Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) Degrees
The procedure to be followed for the calculation of grade point averages for the
recommendation of merit grades is similar to that for the recommendation of honours
grades except that:
I. The subjects taken in the degree are divided into groups based on a three year
full-time programme.
2. The weighted overall grade point average is calculated thus
I
WGPA 4 (GPAII) + GPA(2) + 2GPA(3
3. The unweighted overall grade point average is calculated thus
GPA
I
- '" GPA(I)
J -
4. The weighted overall grade point average to be used as a guide for the recom-
mendation of a merit grade is WGPA 2.
Example
.S'Uhjt'l"1
rear I
Mathematics I
Physics IA
Chemistry IS
CEllI
MEllI
GEI12
MEI)I
GEI51
ME22)
Electives
*Legal Studies 1
**ME093
***ME094
rear 1/
EEI31
MEI21
ME201
ME202
ME203
ME204
ME212
ME214
ME24J
ME251
ME27I
EM2CO
EM2BD
EM2H
Electives
****EM21
*EM2G
Repeated subject
EM2H
Grade W.
, fli Win;
GPA(I)
C 2 4 8
P I 4 4
p
I 2 2
Standing
Standing
Standing
D )
Standing
Standing
P I 4 4
D ) I J
C 2 I 2
18 28 1.56
C 2 2
Standing
C 2 I 2
P I I I
D 3 I J
C 2 I 2
D J I J
C 2 I 2
C 2 I 2
P I I I
P I I I
P I 2 2
P I I I
FE 0 I 0
P
P
p
17 25 1.47
69
Year III
EE211
ME312
ME313
ME333
ME343
ME361
ME381
ME383
ME384
ME482
ME487
ME488
Year IV
GE350
ME484
ME496
Suhjeci
Electives -
",*"'**ME419
*****ME404
*****ME405
*",*uME517
GPA
WGPA ~
Grade
P
D
C
C
C
P
D
C
C
D
P
P
C
D
C
D
P
C
C
1.56 + 1.47 + 1.92 + 2.10
4
I
3
2
2
2
I
3
2
2
3
I
I
2
3
2
3
I
2
2
1.76
1.56 + 1.47 + 2 X 1.92 + 3 X 2.10
7
~ . n i
CPA!I)
I
3
2
2
2
I
3
2
2
3
I
I
12 23 1.92
I 2
I 3
4 8
3
I
2
2
10 21 2.10
1.88
Based on WGPA = 1.88 recommended award of Honours Class II Division 2.
faken in Stage 6
Taken in Stage 4
Taken in Stage 5
Taken in Stage 2
Taken in Stage 7
70
(b) Unsatisfactory Progress
Under the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress the Faculty Board may
review the academic performance of a student who does not maintain a rate of progress
considered satisfactory by the Faculty Board. The following statement has been
approved by the Faculty Board. Faculty of Engineering with respect to its powers of
review under the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress.
(a) First Year Full-Time or First Two Years Part-Time
A student whose academic performance is such that he or she fails to pass at least
4 units in the first year of enrolment in Year 1 or the first two years of enrolment in
Stage 1 shall be deemed not to have maintained a rate of progress considered satisfactory
to the Faculty Board under Regulation 3(1).
(b) Later Years of the Course
A student enrolled in Years II. III or IV, or Stages 2. 3,4.5.6 or 7 whose academic
performance is such that he or she fails to:
(i) pass at least one third of the units attempted in that year or stage; or
(ii) maintain an average pass rate of at least 50% of the units attempted over the
whole period of enrolment;
shall be deemed not to have maintained a rate of progress considered satisfactory to
the Faculty Board under Regulation 3(1).
(c) Second Failure in a Subject
A student enrolled in any year or stage who fails in any subject for a second time shall
be deemed not to have maintained a rate of progress considered satisfactory to the
Faculty Board under Regulation 3(1).
(d) Procedure
The academic performance of students falling within any of the above categories shall
be reviewed under the provisions of Regulation 3(1). In reviewing a students academic
performance the following procedures shall be adopted:
(i) The Faculty Secretary shall prepare a schedule of the names of students falling
into any of the above categories for presentation to the Faculty Board.
(ii) Each Student whose name appears on the schedule shall be advised of his or her
right to make representations either in writing or in person prior to any decision
being taken under Regulation 3(1).
(iii) The Dean or Sub-Dean shall determine the time and place at which representations
in person shall be made.
(c) Years/Stage Classification
Full-time students are classified by year .
Part-time students are classified by stage .
Classification is determined by the number of units passed in accordance with the
following table:-
Full-lime B.E., B.Met.
& B.Surv.
Units Year
0-14 - I
15-29 - II
3044 - III
45+ - IV
Part-time B.E., B.Met.
& B.Sull'.
Units Stage
0-6-1
7-15 - 2
16-24 - 3
2533 - 4
34-41 - 5
42-50 - 6
51+ - 7
B.St.(Met.)
Units Stage
0- 7 - 1
g15 - 2
1623 - 3
24-31 - 4
3239 - 5
40+ - 6
Students enrolled for the final year of any combined course will be classified as Year V.
71
(d) Standing for Holders of Technical
College Certificates
Faculty Board has approved the granting of standing to students enrolling in courses who
hold a Technical College Certificate from the following list. For details of the standing
available students should contact the Faculty Secretary.
list of Certificate Courses for which Standing is Granted
Civil Engineering Certificate
Electrical Engineering Certificate
Electronics and Communications Certificate
Engineering Survey Certificate
Marine Engineering Technology Certificate
Mechanical Engineering Certificate
Metallurgy Certificate
Land and Engineering Survey Drafting Certificate
Production Engineering Certificate
Structural Engineering Certificate
Surveying Certificate
(e) Industrial Training
I. General
For the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering and Bachelor of Metallurgy, students will
normally be required to complete a total of at least 12 weeks of practical work of a
nature acceptable to the Faculty Board. This practical experience may be either gained
during long vacations or as part of an Industrial Experience elective.
2. FuJI-time Students
Full-time students will normally gain their practical experience during vacation
employment. Students are required to write a report outlining the experience gained
during each period of practical work. This report must be submitted to the appropriate
Department by the 31st March following the period of employment.
Students experiencing difficulty in obtaining suitable employment during long vacations
may be able to obtain assistance in finding such employment by contacting the
University'S Careers and Student Employment Office.
3. Part-time and Sandwich Pattern Students
(i) Industrial Experience Subjects
Students enrolled in the degree of Bachelor of Engineering on a part-time basis may
choose to take Industrial Experience units as part of their elective programmes. To be
eligible for an Industrial Experience unit, the student must be in approved employment
on the 1st November preceding the year in which the unit is to be taken. This approved
employment must continue for one calendar year, that is. until the 31st October of the
year in which the unit is to be counted. Students enrolled in Industrial Experience units
must attend such lectures. seminars. etc. and submit such reports as the relevant Head of
Department may require. Normally no Industrial Experience unit will be allowed in
the first year of enrolment.
The following is a list of the maximum number of Industrial Experience units that
may be counted towards the degree in the various courses offered.
Mechanical Engineering 3 units
Chemical Engineering 4 units
Civil Engineering 3 units
Computer Engineering 5 units
Electrical Engineering 4 units
Industrial Engineering 3 units
72
Students following the sandwich patterns offered by the Departments of Electrical
and Mechanical Engineering should consult with the Heads of those Departments
before enrolling in Industrial Experience units.
NOTE - The University can accept no responsibility for finding suitable employment
for students wishing to enrol for Industrial Experience units.
The successful completion of one Industrial Experience unit satisfies the requirement
that students complete 12 weeks practical experience.
(ii) Part-time Students Who Do Not Enrol in Industrial Experience Subjects
A student who has been attending on a part-time basis and who during this attendance
has been employed in work of a suitable nature but who has not completed an Industrial
Experience unit may satisfy the Industrial Training requirement by submiuinga report on
the experience gained during this period of part-time attendance.
4. B.Sc.(Eng.) and B.Sc.{Met.} Students
(i) For the degrees of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and Bachelor of Science
(Metallurgy) students must complete at least three years of practical experience before
the 31st January in the year in which the student is to be admitted to the Degree. If this
requirement is not met admission to the degree may be deferred.
(ii) Students transferring from the degree of Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) to the
degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy may claim up to five Industrial Experience units as
Met.400 subjects.
(f) Compensation Procedure as Determined by Faculty Board,
Faculty of Engineering
Prior to 1973 Engineering courses offered in the University of Newcastle contained
composite subjects, that is subjects comprising of usually four individual units.
A student could receive a pass in this subject even though that student had failed in one
of the units comprising the subject. This was because performance at a greater than
pass standard in the othe( three units could lead to an average of over 50% in the subject.
Thus, poor performance in one unit of a subject could be compensated by good
performance in the other units of that subject. In 1973 most subjects in the Engineering
courses offered were unitised. The above compensation was no longer available.
This meant in effect that students were required to pass each unit.
In order to retain the previous standards a new compensation procedure was determined
by the Faculty Board as follows:-
I. Grades are awarded in examinations based on percentage marks thus:
Pi ~ 85 high distinction
84 ~ Pi ~ 75 distinction
74? Pi? 65 credit
64? Pi ? 50 pass
Pi ~ 49 fail
where Pi = percentage mark scored in subject i.
2. A compensated pass may only be recommended in Engineering subjects and
those Mathematics subjects designated EM2.
73
3. A compensated pass may only be recommended for a candidate in a subject
where the candidate's result in that subject is "doubtful". A candidate's
result in a subject is considered doubtful if his percentage mark in that
subject is in the range 40 -0::::: Pi -0::::: 49.
4, A compensated pass in any subject can only be recommended for a candidate
when the unit weighted average of the final marks obtained by that
candidate taken on all the subjects attempted in that year by the
candidate exceeds 5se'c. This is when
Pini > 55
nj
where n
i
= number of units in subject i.
Note: For students enrolled in Year I or Stages I and 2 this unit weighted
average is calculated based on Engineering subjects only,
5. The marks available for compensation are calculated from the following
formula:
E = - 55
Note: For students enrolled in Year I and Stages I and 2 the marks available
for compensation are calculated and based on performance in
Engineering subjects only.
6. Where the percentage mark scored in a subject is not available and in the absence
of information allowing a closer approximation of the percentage mark scored
in that subject the following percentage mark based on the grade obtained in the
subject is used in the above calculations:
Fail (2) 15
Fail (I) 39
Pass 58
Credit 70
Distinction = 80
High Distinction = 93
7. A candidate's "doubtful" subjects (i.e. subjects in which the candidate has scored
40-49% are arranged in descending order according to the percentage mark
scored). The marks available for compensation, calculated according to the
above formula, are added to the percentage mark of the first "doubtful" subject.
If this sum is less than 50 of the result of fail in the subject stands. If this sum is
equal to or greater than 50 a compensated pass is recommended for the candidate
in this subject. Any excess of this sum over 50 is added to the percentage mark
of the next "doubtful" subject and if the sum is equal to or exceeds 50 a compensated
pass is recommended for this subject also. If the sum is less than 50 the result of
fail in the subject stands. This process is repeated until the excess is exhausted.
8. An example of this procedure is set out on the following page.
74
Example
Subject Grade
Pj nj Pinj
Final Grade
ME251 Fluid Mechanics I C 73 73 C
ME271 Thermodynamics I P 63 63 P
ME214 Mechanics of Solids I F 44 44 P
EEI31 Circuit Fundamentals F 41 41 FF
EE211 Energy Conversion C 65 65 C
ME301 Engg. Computations F 36 36 FF
ME313 Engg. Design II J F 39 39 FF
ME342 Properties of Materials II F 46 46 P
GE350 Seminar P 62 62 P
Mathematics liB P 4 232 P
Psychology I D 4 320 D
17 1021
Marks are not available for Mathematics II B and Psychology I - as grade in
Maths liB was pass use 58 - as grade in Psychology I was distinction use 80,
= 1021
17
I
E ="5 (IPini - 55En
i
)

17
Doubtful Subjects
Subject
Pj Pi + E
New Excess Result
ME342 46 46+ 13 recommend P
ME214 44 44 + 13 57> 50 57 - 50 7 recommend P
EEI31 41 41 + FF result stands
75
76
Section 4
SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS
77
Guide to Subject Entries
Units
In undergraduate courses. a unit is approximately one-sixteenth ofa full-time year or one-
eighth of a part-time yea--. In engineering subjects. one unit involves a total of 42 hours per
year (I !h hours per week for the whole year, or 3 hours per week for half a year) oflectures.
laboratories. and tutorials. Where subjects from other faculties form part of an
Engineering course, the unit value is assessed on the basis of the work-load required for
that subject as part of a normal year's programme. Normally, Part I subjects each count as
4 units while complete Pari II and Part III subjects havea higher unit value. However, the
unit value specified for subjects in other faculties is determined from time to time by the
Faculty Board.
For further information students should consult the Dean of the Faculty.
In the Master of Engineering Science Requirements a unit is defined as exactly one-
twelfth of a full-time year, and in all postgraduate courses, including the Master of
Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy the unit is understood to have the same value. This
"postgraduate unit" is also defined as a programme which involves a student in a total of
approximately 120 hours' work. This total includes all formal course work plus
assignments and study. If the "unit" is a formal instructional course the 120-hour total
includes 42 hours of lectures or the equivalent.
What the two "units" - undergraduate and postgraduate - have in common is therefore
the same 42 "contact-hours" per year. The postgraduate unit is a larger fraction of the
year's work than the undergraduate unit because in postgraduate work the student is
expected to do more work per contact-hour than he is in undergraduate work.
Computer Numbers
The six digit number which precedes the subject number and title of each subject is the
CompUfer Code Numher. The computer code numbers of relevant subjects should be
quoted on all enrolment and variation of programme forms. The computer code numbers
of all subjects offered within the Faculty of Engineering appear with the subject
descriptions and are also listed in Section 6 of this Handbook.
Subject Numbers
Each subject offered by Departments within the Faculty of Engineering has been given an
identification number with prefixed letters to aid identification of subjects. This is known
as the Subject Numher.
The letter prefix indicates the area of specialisation and often indicates the department
responsible for the teaching of the subject concerned. The letter prefixes are as follows:
ChE Chemical Engineering
(Depanment of Chemical Engineering)
CE Civil Engineering
(Department of Civil Engineering & Surveying)
EE Electrical & Computer Engineering
(Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering)
EM Engineering Mathematics
(Department of Mathematics)
GE General Engineering
(Departments of the Faculty of Engineering)
ME Mechanical & Industrial Engineering
(Department of Mechanical Engineering)
Met Metallurgy
(Department of Metallurgy)
SV Surveying
(Department of Civil Engineering & Surveying)
The identification numbers which follow the letter prefix often indicate a particular field
of study. The fields of study so indicated are listed in the table opposite.
78
Indicafing
Numerals Field of Stud),
ChE 4
('hE 5
ChE 6 Separatinn
('hE 7 Transport. Phenomena.
Thermodynamics.
Combustion
ChE X Reactor
Control.
ChE 9 Projcch
Eleclrical & Com puler
Engineering
EE 0 Gencral Electrical
Engineering
EE r Electrical or
Power Systems
EE 2 Electronics
EE 3 Electrical Circuit Theory
or Measuremenb
EE 4 Control or Communic<ltilln

EE 5 Field Theory
EE 6 Computcr Science or
Automata Theory
EE H Project Directed Reading
EE 9 Seminar
Metallurgy
Mol 0 General
Mol I Computations
Mol 2 Chemistry
Met 3 Transport
Mol 4 Mechanical
Met 5 Physical Metallurgy
and Metallography
Met-6- Extraction
Met-7- Fabrication and Materials
Met-S- Structure and Metal Physics
Met 9- Laboratory
Subject Title
Indicafing
Numerals
CE 0
CE I
CE 2
CE J
CE 4
CE
CE
CE 7
CE 9
ME 0
ME I
ME 2
ME 3
ME 4
ME 5
ME.
ME 7
ME ,
ME 9
SV 0
SV I
SV 2
SV 3
SV 4
SV-5
SV.
SV 7
SV 8
SV 9
Field of Stud y
Civil Engineering
Senil:l'

Huid Mcchanil:."
Water
Civil Engineering Practice
Sun eying
Surveying and
Special Topics
General Courscs
Analysis and Design
Practice
Machines
Materials
Huid Mechanin
Automatic Control
Thermodynamics
Indu\trial Engineering
Project and Seminar
Surveying
Servicing Course
General Surveying
Survey Camps
Survey Computations
Astronomy
Geodesy
Photogrammetry
Land Studies
Project and Seminars
Special Courses
Each subject is provided with a title which, together with the subject number, forms the
subject name as described below.
Subject Name
The Sub;el'1 Name of each subject contains the subject number and title in the following
way:
79

Suhjeci Name

Complller
NlImher
531203
SlIhjecl
NUll/her
EEI3I
Suhjeci
Tille
771e Computer Number ami Subject Name orappropriale he included on
all enrolment allli I'aria/ion or prol{ramme fornl.\".
Prerequisites are those subjects which the student must have already passed before
enrolling in the subject.
Corequisites are those subjects in which the student must enrol concurrently unless he has
already passed them.
The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of Department. may relax pre- and
corequisites.
Hours
All subjects in the Faculty of Engineering are based on units of 42 contact hours each.
The 42 contact hours are spread over a whole year (I V;. hours per week for 28 weeks) or
over a half year (3 hours per week for 14 weeks). As far as possible this information is given
in the University timetable. If in doubt. students should check with Departments before
completing their enrolment.
Assumed Knowledge (Mechanical Engineering Subjects Only)
Many subjects which form part of the Mechanical Engineering and Industrial
Engineering programmes are taught on the basis of an assumption that students have
previously completed certain other subjects. The particular subjects which are assumed to
have been completed in each case are indicated in the appropriate Subject Entries set out
on pages 115 to 126 of this Handbook.
It is the responsibility of each student to ensure that they have met the assumed knowledge
requirement of each subject in which they enrol. If in doubt. students should discuss the
matter with the lecturer of the subject in which they intend to enrol.
It should be noted that students may enrol only in those subjects approved by the Dean.
Such approval may be withheld where it becomes apparent that a student has not attained
the level of knowledge assumed by a subject in which enrolment has been sought.
Examinations and Assessment
Progressive Assessment based on assignments, practical work etc. is used throughout the
Faculty and in some subjects the final grade is based entirely on progressive assessment.
Students will be advised of the form the assessment in a particular subject will take before
the end of 4th week of lectures.
Content
This section gives a general description of the content of the subject and indicates the
broad areas covered.
Preliminary Reading is included where applicable. Students should make every effort to
complete the preliminary reading before starting the subject.
Texts
Essential books which are recommended for purchase.
References
Information on reference material applicable to a particular subject will be provided by
the lecturer in charge of that subject.

PART I:
SUBJECTS OFFERED BY DEPARTMENTS COMPRISING THE
511104
511105
5III06
511107
ChE002 !
ChE003
ChE004
ChE005
Chemical Engineering Subjects
Industrial Experience 1 unit each
These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained by
part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to one unit
of 42 hours. Students will be required to present a report giving a connected account and
critical evaluation of their engineering activities and experience during the year. These
units may be counted by students towards Elective I.
511108 ChEI41 Industrial Process Principles 1 unit
Design concepts in the process industries. Flow diagram of a typical process and
metallurgical processes. Calculation of material and energy balances. Properties of
vapours and liquids. Equilibrium processes. Humidification, drying. Crystallisation.
Texr.\
Wall, T. F. An owline or Indu.\lriaJ Process Principles (Department
of Chemical Engineering, University of Newcastle)
Melric COf1\'enion and Ihe Use or S.I. 2nd edn
(University of Newcastle) .
511109 ChEI51 Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment 1 unit
An introduction to the structure and organisation of the chemical and process
metallurgical industries in Australia, with reference to the world scene.
Descriptions of the processes used in the manufacturc of the major industrial chemicals,
including hydrometallurgical and smelting operations. Outline of typical unit operations.
Text
Shreve & Brink Chemical Prucen Induslries 4th edn (McGraw-Hili
1977)
511110 ChE152 Industrial Process Design I 1 unit
Techniques for the presentation of process engineering information. Visualisation of
process plant in two dimensions. Preparation of flow charts for process representation
and drawings for plant specification.
Text
Auslralian Standard Elll{illeering Drawinl{ Practice
CZI 1976 (Institution of Engineers. Australia)
512224 ChE241 Process Analysis I 1 unit
Prerequisite ChEI51
Visits to selected plants in the Newcastle (or Sydney) area. Detailed reports required on
specified plants.
81
512225 ChE251 Structures and Pressure Vessel Design 1 unit
Elementary statics, equilibrium in two dimensional force systems. axial and shear
forces. bending and twisting of bars, first and second moments or area with applications
to design of simple structures and piping systems.
Design of unfired pressure vessels. Membrane theory, stresses in thin-walled vessels.
Code requirements.
Texts
S.A.A. Code
S.A.A. Code
S.A.A. Code
Nash. W. A.
Engineering Drawing Practice (AS CZI-1976)
Unfired Pressure Vessels (AS 1210-1977)
Steel Structures (AS 1250-1981)
Theory and Problems uf Strength of Materials (Schaum
1977)
512226 ChE261 Separation Processes I 1 unit
Prerequisites Chemistry I. Mathematics I. ChEI41
A unified treatment of basic concept of heat and mass transfer. Concepts of nux,
driving force. heat and mass transfer coefficients. Diffusivity and conductivity; rate
equations.
Dimensional analysis.
Heat transfer by convection, conduction and radiation. Convective heat transfer
coefficients. Radiative heat transfer.
Mass transfer by diffusion and convection. Mass transfer coefficient. Correlation of
transfer coefficients. Film theory; penetration theory, Vapour-liquid equilibria.
Additivity of resistances in mass and heat transfer.
Simple heat exchanges design. Equation for heat transfer surface. Co- and counter-
current arrangements.
The nature and spectral distribution of thermal radiation. Radiation pyrometry on
grey surfaces. Exchange areas. direct and total. The adiabatic surface approximation
for a refractory. The source-sink-refractory furnace. Introduction to gas radiation.
Texts
Coulson, J. M. &
Richardson. J. F.
Pitts. R. D. &
Sissan, L. E.
Perry, J. H. &
Chilton, C. H.
Sarofim, A. C. &
Wall, T. W.
Chemical Engineering, Vol. 1 (S.1. units) (Pergamon
1977)
Heat Transfer (Shaum 1977)
Chemical Engineers Handbook 5th edn (McGraw-Hili
1973)
Notes on Radiation Heat Transfer
(University of Newcastle)
512227 ChE271 Fuels and Combustion % unit
Prerequisite ChE141
Fuel types, their origin and characteristics. The restrictions on usage imposed by
properties. The usage of fuels in the Hunter Valley in the national context. Combustion
stoichiometry. The classification of coals, the comparison of Australian coals with
those of the northern hemisphere, and allocation for combustion and conversion.
Burners for solid, liquid and gaseous fuels. Brief outline of combustion mechanisms,
the importance of excess air and mixing. Furnace efficiency and losses. Introduction to
fuel-to-fuel conversion.
Text
Wall, T. F. (ed.) Coal Properties, Analysis & Effective Use
(Institute of Coal Research 1982)
82
512228 ChE272 Fluid Mechanics I unit
Prerequisites Mathematics I, Physics IA
Properties of fluids. Fluid statics; forces on surfaces, buoyancy. Fluids in motion;
conservation of mass and energy. Continuity, Bernoulli and Eulerequations, momentum
principle, applications of linear and angular momentum. Pumps and turbines. Laminar
and turbulent flow. Flow in pipes and ducts. Pressure drop in valves and fittings. Flow
measurement.
Text
Streeter, V. L. & Fluid Mechanics 7th edn (McGraw-Hili 1979)
Wylie, E. B.
512229 ChE291 Laboratory 2 units
A set of experiments illustrating the fundamentals of fluid flow, heat and mass transfer.
Texts
Crow, E. L.
Anderson, J.
Statistics Manual (Dover 1972)
Thesis and Assignment Writing (Wiley 1970)
513109 ChE342 Process Analysis II 1 unit
Inspection of plants of particular technical interest and relevance to course material in the
Sydney (or Newcastle) area.
513226 ChE351 Equipment Design % unit
Prerequisite ChE251
Design of process and storage vessels; process reticulation systems including compressed
air. cooling water, steam and refrigeration. Process energy systems and drives. Process
instrumentation for flow, pressure a ~ d temperature measurement. The fail-safe concept.
513227 ChE352 Process Engineering % unit
Corequisite ChE351
Content
This course will consider technical and administrative aspects leading to the successful
commissioning of a process plant. Industrial relations; legal and sociological
considerations. Elements of AC circuitry and power units.
513228 ChE353 Process Economics 112 unit
Prerequisite Mathematics 1
Estimation of capital and operating costs of process plants; break even analysis;
project profitability; discounted cash flow techniques. Economic design. Introduction to
process optimisation. Effects of process uncertainties and risk. Basic cost accounting
procedures.
Text
Peters, M. S. &
Timmerhaus, K. D.
Plant Design & Economics for Chemical Engineers
3rd edn (McGraw-Hili 1980)
513229 ChE354 Electrochemistry and Corrosion % unit
Prerequisite Chemistry lIC
Introductory electrochemistry. Potential and potential differences at interfaces.
Charged interfaces, and charge transfer between phases. Electrode processes. Diffusion
control.
Corrosion and passivation. Evans and Pourbaix diagrams. Cathodic and anodic
protection. Techniques of corrosion inhibition. Stress corrosion cracking.
83
513230 ChE361 Separation Processes II 2 unit!>
Prneqllisill' Ch E26l
Physical property criteria for separation process selection. Phasc cquilibria: equilibrium
stage and continuous contacting analysis of principal separation processes.
includ ing d istillat ion. a bsorption. extraction. evaporation. hum id ification. crystaJlisat ion
and drying; hydraulic design of mass transfer equipment: stage efficiency. energy
requirements: analysis of multi-component separation processes including aleotropic.
extractive and complex distillation.
Text
Trcybal. R. E. /WU.H Tran.l/f.'r 0pt'ratioll (McGraw-Hili 1972)
513231 ChE362 Solids Handling and Minerals Processing 1 unit
Prerequisite ChE272
Properties and handling of particulate solids. Sile analysis. screening. Size reduction.
comminution. Mixing and blending of solids and liquids.
Motion of particles in a fluid. Terminal velocity. drag coefficients. Sedimentation and
filtration. and ciutriation. Fluidi/.ation: pneumatic and hydraulic
transport.
Propert.ics of minerals and their relation tll mincrals beneficiation. Techniques 01
separatIon based on volume properties (gravity. electrostatic. magnetic) and surface
properties (charge. hydrophobicity). Flotation. Action of colieclOrs. modifiers. frothers.
Electrokinetic phenomena. Oxide and sulphide flotation. Flocculation and
agglomeration.

McCabe. W. L. &
Smith. J. C.
Shaw. D. C.
Unit Operotio1/.l or Chemiml Engineering student
cdition (McGraw-Hill 1976)
IllIroduclion to Colloid alld Surrace CIiell/i"uI"
(Butterworth 1980)
513232 ChE371 Kinetics and Thermodynamics 1 unit
Prerequi5ite Chemistry IIC
First and second laws of thermodynamics. The phase rulc. Heats of formation and
combustion. Thermodynamic properties of fluids. Phase equilibria: chemical reaction
equilibria. Power cycles. Open flow systems. Compressible flow.
Text
Smith. J. M. &
van Ness. H. C.
Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermo-
dynamics 3rd edn (McGraw-Hili 1975)
513233 ChE372 Fuel Technology I
Prerequisites Chemistry IS or Chemistry I; CE231, M E25l
or ChE272
1 unit
Fuel and energy resources and demand. Properties and testing for combustion purposes
of common fuels. particularly coai. coke, petroleum. products and natural gas.
Air quantities for combustion, heat losses in products of combustion, thermodynamics
of combustion systems. Gas, oil and pulverized coal flames; burner systems to control
stability. flame position and flame shape. Solid fuel combustion and reduction; fixed
beds. gas producers and blast furnaces. Abridged bed combustion systems.
84
513234 ChE373 Furnace Heal Transfer I unit
Prerequisite., 1st cnurse in heat transfer and fluid mechanics
Furnace type and uses; high temperature transfer mechanisms. Generalised model of
furnace efficiency and losses. Convective heat transfer on large surfaces. from
impinging jets: heat transfer in packed beds. Conductive thermal storage losses.
Radiative exchange between surfaces: exchange areas.
513235 ChE381 Computations I unit
Prerequi.,ile., Mathematics I. ChEl41. ChEl51
The application of computers to chemical engineering. Computer terminology. computer
architecture. review of available programming languages, assembly language. a high
level language (BASIC or PASCAL). computer interfaces. peripherals. a selection of
problems in calculation. file manipulation. data logging, introduction to direct digital
control. flowsheeting. timesharing in BASIC or PASCAL.
513237 ChE382 Process Dynamics 1 unit
An introduction to the unsteady-state behaviour of chemical plant and modelling of
selected processes.
Revision of Laplace transformations. transfer function concept. unsteady state materials
and energy balances asa technique for system modelling. first order systems. second order
systems, extraction. response to disturbances _. modelling of steamjacketted reactor. gas
absorber and simple heat exchanger.
The principles of process control instrumentation. applied to flow, temperature. pressure.
liquid level. etc. measurement. with laboratory experiments.
Text
Couganowr. D. R. &
Koppel. L. B.
513236 ChE391 Laboratory
ProC'ess Sl'stems Anolnis and COII/rol
(McGraw-Hili 1965)
2 units
A number of open-ended investigations illustrating Year III lecture topics. including
experiments on instrumentation and control of process plant.
Texts
Anderson. J.
Crow. E. L.
Thesis and Assignment Writing (Wiley 1972)
Stafisth's Manual (Dover 1972)
514125 ChE4S2 Process Evaluation and Optimization
Content to be advised.
514126 ChE462 Environmental Control
Prerequisites ChE362, ChE371
I unit
An overview of atmospheric and liquid pollution and the effect of pollution on the
ecosphere. Elements of process selection and cost-benefit analysis; by-product recovery.
514127 ChE471 Industrial Safety VI unit
Prerequisite ChE351
General introduction and outline, categorising hazards and risks. Hazard analysis.
Aspects of toxicology, sources of ignition, types and effects of explosions. Legal and
environmental consideration of industrial safety and disposal of gaseous. liquid, solid
wastes.
85
514128 ChE472 Transport Phenomena
1 unit
Prerequisites
EM2CO. EM2BD. ChE272. ChE361
Heat and mass transfer in unsteady state conditions, transport the?ry for and
transfer in laminar and turbulent flow conditions; mass transfer wIth chemical reactIOn.
TeXf
Beek, W. J. &
Muttlall, K. M. H.
Transporl Phenomena (Wiley 1975)
514129 ChE473 Radiant Heat Transfer
514130 ChE474 Selected Topics in Heat and Mass Transfer
514131 ChE475 Advanced Combustion
514132 ChE476 Fluid and Particle Mechanics
514133 ChE481 Advanced Computations
514134 ChE482 Process Control
Prerequisite EM2CO, EM2BD
t unit
1 unit
I unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
An introductory course in linear control systems. models of systems and
components; differential equations and transfer functiOns. Simple of first
second order. Analysis of steady state performance. System stablhty and tra.nslent
response by algebraic, root-locus and frequency response methods. IntroductiOn to
compensation techniques.
Description of components of servo-mechanisms and process control systems.
Texts
Fortmann, T. E. &
Hitz, K. L.
or
Cannon, R. H.
or
Distefano, et al.
Introduction to Linear .Control Systems Theory
(Dekker 1977)
Dynamics 0/ Physical Systems (McGraw-Hili 1967)
Feedback and Control Srstems (Schaum's
Outline Series 1976) .
514135 ChE483 Reaction Engineering 1 unit
Prerequisite ChE371
The kinetics of homogeneous reactions and the design of the ideal reactors -.batch,
and mixed flow. Single and multiple reactions. Non-ideal flow and the reSidence time
distribution.
The rate equations for heterogeneous reactions. Rate controlling mechanisms .and
approximations. An outline of catalysis and the properties of catalysts. The rate equatiOns
for porous solids and the analysis of rate data.
Text
Levenspiel, O.
Chemical Reaction Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley 1972)
86
514136 ChE484 Advanced Reaction Engineering
Con ten I to be advised.
514137 C'hE485 Advanced Process Control
1 unit
1 unit
514138 ChE490 Design Project 2 units
All Year III subjects
Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for chemical production, including
mass and energy balances, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design
of one or more items of equipment. or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are
required to take a two-day design paper.
514139 ChE491 Seminar I unit
Regular two hour seminar sessions will be held during the year for discussion ofliterature
reviews, chemical engineering practice and research within the department. Each student
will present nOI less than two half-hour papers in the course of the year.
514140 ChE492 Research Project 3 units
An assigned task of experimental investigation, or the design, construction and testing of
experimental equipment to be reported formally in a thesis.
Prerequisil>.I All Year III subjects
mass and energy balancer, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design
of one or more items of equipment, or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are
required to take a design paper.
514141 ChE494 Laboratory Project
514142 ChE495 Design Project
514144 ChE496 Research Project
2 units
2 units
4 units
An assigned task of experimental investigation, or the design, construction and testing of
experimental equipment to be reported formally in a thesis.
Prerequisiles All Year III subjects
mass and energy balancer, preparation of process flow diagrams, and the detailed design
of one or more items of equipment, or equivalent. In addition to the report, students are
required to take a design paper.
510128 ChE501 Chemical Process Principles for Effluent Control 1 unit
This is primarily a bridging course for students in the field of environmental control
who have not had a chemical engineering background, and deals with specific problems
in stoichiometry, particle separation and reaction rate related to gas and water treatment
methods.
87
510117 ChE511 Advanced Heat Transfer
1 unit
ChE261
A study of fundamentals of and computational methods for radiative transfer.
particularly for grey lambert surfaces and n?n-luminous gases. of representing
real gases by grey gas components. Matnx methods of solvmg for non-Isothermal
systems.
510122 ChE5t3 Advanced Combustion
2 units
A detailed study of the nature of industrial flames and their behaviour in furnace
enclosures - the chemical reaction involved. mixing aerodynamics of jets. flames and
combustion systems; prediction of flame length, shape and radiative properties.
Texts
Beer. J. &
Aerodynamics of Combustion (Academic 1972)
Chigier. N.
Field. M. A. et al.
Combustion of Pulverized Coal (BCURA 1967)
510126 ChE514 Furnace Engineering 2 units
Prerequisite ChE511 (advisory)
The design and operation of furnaces; heat balances, calculation of losses, insulation.
gas recuperation and regeneration; approximate methods of heat-transfer computation;
temperature distribution; refractories; physical construction; control; fuels and firing
methods: economics of fuel selection and waste-heat recovery; effluent pollution
control.
TeXis
Thring. M. W.
Trinck. W. &
MacWhinney
Science of Flames and Furnaces (Chapman & Hall
1962)
Industrial Furnaces (Wiley)
510135 ChE515 Energy Management
2 units
The cost-price structure of energy supply; factors influencing relative costs of coal-oil
gas-electricity.
Technical possibilities and limitations in change of fuel and energy sources for existing
equipment.
Primary fuel conversion; liquid fuels from coal and gas.
Energy economy in process plant; the thermodynamics of heating and power generation.
Methods of loss assessment and management of in plant energy use; loss control by
furnace inculation, sensible heat recuperation and regeneration. Combustion control.
Steam economy; the high cost of steam, the sensible use of latent heat; heat exchangers
for low level heat recovery. Energy losses in mechanical and fluid-flow systems. Efficient
and inefficient speed and flow control systems.
Combined power and process heat systems; the gas turbine in process plant; re,:,ersed
cycles; the heat pump for distillation and other process Energy.st?rage, m .hot
water, as latent heat, in solid storage systems, as chemical energy m cells or In mtermedlate
products.
The international resource situation. Energy resources for the future. (Nuclear, solar
direct and vegetable growth, etc.).
Text
Hottel, H. C. &
Howard, J. B.
New Energy Technology (M.LT. 1971)
88
510125 ChE516 Reaction Engineering 2 units
Kinetics reactions involving mass transfer with chemical reaction and theirapplication
to the design of reactors for gas-solid catalytic reactions.
510130 ChE517 Combustion Engineering
Combustion stoichiometry and thermodynamics.
Combustion reactions, flames, jets and burners.
Furnace heat balances and engineering treatment of radiative transfer.
Harne and furnace measurements.
2 units
A substantial investigation on an item of combustion equipment will be used to
illustrate the principles.
Texts
Beer, J. &
Chigier, N.
Thring, M. W.
Aerodynamics of Combustion (Academic Press 1972)
Science of Flames and Furnaces (Chapman & Hall
1962)
510123 ChE521 Air Pollution Effluent Control 2 units
The general legislative controls; combustion and other processes producing
gaseous or carned effluents; methods; practice a:nd fundamental principles
of wa.shmg, settlement filtration, cycloning and electrostatic precipitation. Process
modification, by-product recovery, removal of pollutants by reaction, costs and
economics.
Text
Strauss, W. Industrial Gas Cleaning (Pergamon 1967)
510124 ChE522 Control of Industrial Liquid Emuents
Part I: The General Problem; chemical processes
Part II: Unit
Part I:
2 units
The general problem; statutory requirements; practice and fundamental principles.
By-product recovery.
Background on liquid pollution overseas and in Australia. Effect of pollution on the
ecosphere-basic principles of ecology, effects of liquid pollution, toxicity of certain
materials. Water pollution legislation - overseas developments and research, Australian
State requirements. Sampling and analysis of pollutants - standard methods of
sampling, instrumental methods and monitoring equipment. Chemistry of reactions in
solution - acid base equilibria, complex ion equilibria, distribution diagrams,
oxidation-reduction equilibria. Diagrams collodial behaviour, Zeta potential.
Physical properties of solutions/suspensions - gas solubility, rate of gas absorption,
rate of solution and solubility. Cooling water - make up and draw off cycles, treatment
chemicals and their recovery or disposal. Sour water strippers - gas or steam stripping
of sulphides, phenols.
Part II:
of treatment processes dealt with as various Unit Operations, together with
practical aspects of overall treatment plants and costs of alternatives.
Topic outlines
Introduction - Sources and characteristics of waters to be processed.
Unit Operations and Treatment Kinetics.
Aeration and Gas Transfer - Oxygenation or degassing.
Flocculation - Zeta Potential and Coagulation: Precipitation, Neutralization pH
Control.
89

Settling __ Sedimentation and Thickening: Settling Tanks - rect. or circular.
Solids removal by filtration -- CT machines or Hydrocyclones.
Filter aids.
Introduction to Biological Treatment Methods.
Design of Biological Treatment Systems for Activated Sludge. Trickling Filters.
Lagoons. Stabilisation Ponds. to reduce BOD. COD.
Design of Biological Treatment Systems for full nitrificationidenitrification tertiary
treatment.
Physicochemical Methods for tertiary treatment including Ion exchange and
Adsorption processes.
Text.\" For ParIs I & II
Fair. G. M. el al.
Water and Waste WaleI' Engineering Vol. 2 (Wiley 1968)
510139 ChE523 Particulate Separations
S101S3 ChES24 Comminution
S10147 ChESSI Polymer Technology
1 unit
I unit
% unit
The aim of this course is an introduction to synthetic polymers. including all plastics.
synthetic fibres and elastomers .. their. properties uses. Included will
bc thc historical dcvelopment of the prlncLpal polymers. together wLth thc current scope
and structure of the petrochemical industry.
S10148 ChES63 Mineral Processing
Content 10 be advised.
SI0149 ChES76 Fluid Mechanics
Contcnt to be advised.
SI01S0 ChESSI Advanced Computations I
Ch E38l
1 unit
t unit
1 unit
The advent of digital computers has changcd the approach of chemical e.ngineers to
design and analysis. The course is aimed at illustrating how mathematlc.s may be
applied to chemical engineering problems when it is realised that the resultmg rno.del
can be solved on computers. Examples will be taken from statistics; fluid mechamcs.
stage operations. reaction cngineering. automatic control and optimization.
S101S1 ChE582 Advanced Computations II
510152 ChE585 Advanced Process Control
S101S4 ChE6tt Advanced Problems in Mass Transfer and Reaction
Engineering
SI01S5 ChE6t2 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer
S10lS6 ChE621 Advanced Topics in Effluent Control
90
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
521092 CE092!
521093 CE093
521094 CE094
Civil Engineering Subjects
Thesc subject units arc designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained
by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to
one unit of 42 hours. Students will also be required to present a report giving a
connected account and critical evaluation of his engineering activities and experience
during the year. Such units may be counted by part-time students as electives. (See also
Section 3, III(e) of this Handbook).
521101 CElli Statics I unit
Two-dimensional force systems; equilibrium; funicular polygon; rigid bars. shear
force. axial force, bending moment; pin-jointed frames, analytical and graphical
treatment; equilibrium of three-dimensional force systems. cables.
Text
Hall. A. S. &
Archer. F.
Slatic's (Univ. of New South Wales
Students' Union)
521104 eEI71 Engineering Surveying I 2 units
Basic measurement techniques and instruments. transversing. plane tabling. tacheometry;
contours. areas, volumes. routc surveys and associated calculations; hydrographic and
underground surveys; introduction to photogrammetry; controlling and setting out
small engineering projects. Students are required to attend a three-day survey camp
during the August vacation.
Text
Bannister. A. & Surveying (Pitman)
Raymond, S.
522408 CE201 Civil Engineering IS 2 units
Statics: force systems, equilibrium, frameworks
Dynamics: kinematics, rigid body motion. momentum and energy
Properties of Materials: behaviour of materials under static and dynamic loads
Mechanics of Solids: stress and strain. internal forces. moments and stresses, defiection
of beams.
Texts
McLean. W. G. &
Nelson. E. W.
Nash. W. A.
Engineering Mechanic.\' 3rd edn (Schaum 1978)
Strength Materials 2nd edn (Schaum 1977)
S22102 CE212 Mechanics of Solids I I unit
Prerequisites CElli and Mathematics I
Stress. strain. axial load problems; states of stress and strain; stress-strain relationships;
internal actions, internal stresses in beams; deflexion of beams; torsion in circular
sections; combined stress.
Text
Popov, E. P. Mechanics of Materials 2nd edn (S.I.) (Prentice-Hall
1978) .
91
522111 CE213 Mechanics of Solids II
1 unit
Prerequisite CE212
Buckling of columns; introduction to theory of elasticity; non-uniplanar bending;
shear centre; torsion of non-circular sections; lateral instability of beams; energy
methods.
Text
As for CE212
732900 CE223J Engineering Geology
2 units
Introduction to principles of geology and their application to engineering problems.
Text
Mathewson. C. C.
Engineering Geology (Merrill Publishing Company
1981)
522112 CE224 Civil Engineering Materials 2 units
Prerequisite GEI51
Theoretical background and laboratory tests of elastic and inelastic properties. creep.
hardness and fracture of metals and timber. (liz unit)
Properties and behaviour of brick masonry and timber unit)
Properties and behaviour of bituminous materials.
Concrete: component materials, properties of plastic and hardened concrete, concrete
mix design, manufacturing and field control. (JlA units)
Texts
Jackson, N.
Nagarajan, N. &
Antill, J. M.
Civil Engineering Materials (Macmillan 1980)
Australian Concrete Inspection Manual
(Pitman, Australia)
522202 CE231 Fluid Mechanics I
Prerequisites Mathematics I and ME 131
1 unit
Fluid properties. Fluid statics, stability. of subt:"erged and. f1o.ating relative
equilibrium. Fluid-flow concepts and basIc equations of contlnutty, energy, linear and
angular momentum.
Text
Streeter. V. L. &
Wylie. E. B.
Fluid Mechanics SI Metric Edition
(McGraw-Hill-Ryerson 1981)
522204 CE232 Fluid Mechanics II
Prerequisite CE231
1 unit
Dimensional Analysis and Dynamic Similitude. Viscous effects. rluid
Laminar and turbulent flow. Boundary layer concepts. Drag on Immersed bodies.
Frictional resistance in conduits. Compressible flow. Compressible flow in conduits.
Text As for CE231
523333 CE302 Civil Engineering liS 2 units
Prerequisite CE20 I
Fluid Mechanics: fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics, continuity, energy
momentum. Flow in pipes, conduits and open channels.
Hydrology: hydrological cycle: PreciI?itation and stream flow. Flood estimation.
Probability concepts in hydrological deSign.
Soil Mechanics: Soil properties, seepage, soil stresses, settlement. compaction, strength
and failure criteria.
92
Text
Giles. R. V. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics 2nd edn (Schaum
1962)
523109 CE314 Structural Analysis I 2 units
Prerequisites CE212 and CE213
Analysis of statically indeterminate, elastic plane structure by forces and displacement
methods. Elements of flexibility and stiffness matrix methods; limit analysis. Familiarisa-
tion with computer packages.
523110 CE315 Structural Design I
Prerequisites CE212 and CE213 or ME214
Basic design of steel and reinforced concrete structures.
Texts
B.H.P. Co. Ltd.
Gorenc, B. E. &
Tinyou, R.
Warner, R. F. et al.
S.A.A.
S.A.A.
S.A.A.
S.A.A.
Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sections and Plates
(B.H.P. Co. Ltd.)
Steel Designers Handbook (N.S.W.U.P.)
Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976)
Steel Structures Code (AS 1250 1981)
Code for Concrete in Buildings (AS1480 1982)
Dead and live Loads (AS1170 pt I 1971) and
Wind Loads (AS 1170 pI II 1975)
Australian Standards for Civil Engineering
Students
523102 CE324 Soil Mechanics
Prerequisite CE212
Pre- or Corequisite CE333 and CE334
2 units
2 units
Index propert.ies, of soils; capillarity, seepage and flow
nets; stresses m solis; settlement and consohdatlOn; compaction, shear strength and
failure criteria; stability of retaining walls.
Text
Scott, C. R. An Introduction to Soil Mechanics and Foundarions
2nd edn (Applied Science 1974)
523306 CE333 Fluid Mechanics III 1 unit
Prerequisite CE232
Ideal-fluid flow. Flow Seep.age.f1ow. Fluid measurement. Turbomachinery. Specific
speed, pumps and turbmes, cavitation. Steady-closed conduit flows. Pipe networks.
Text As for CE231
523307 CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV I unit
Prerequisite CE333
Open flow. basic concepts, energy and momentum principles. flow resistance.
non-uOiform. flow, channel controls, channel transitions: Unsteady flow; surges in
closed condUits, waterhammer, elements of unsteady flow 10 open channels.
Text As for CE231
93
523309 CE341 Water Resources Engineering I 1 unit
Elements of microbiology; self-purification of natural waters; water quality management;
municipal water supply and sewage systems.
Text
Barnes, D. et al. Water & Wastewater Engineering Systems
(Pi/man 198/)
523308 CE342 Water Resources Engineering II 1 unit
Prerequisite CE241 or CE341
The hydrological cycle. Analysis of precipitation and stream flow data. Flood estimation.
Probability concepts in hydrological design. Flood routing. Synthetic hydrographs.
Groundwater. Irrigation. Water resources development. Urban drainage design.
523107 CE351 Civil Engineering Systems] 1 unit
General introduction to the systems approach. Techniques available as aids to the
identification of optimal policies - mathematical modelling, computer simulation,
various mathematical programming techniques, heuristics. Choice of techniques,
problem formulation. Example applications of the systems approach to civil engineering
problems.
Text
de Neufville, R. &
Stafford, J. H.
Systems for Engineers and Managers
(McGraw-Hili)
523]08 CE372 Transportation Engineering I unit
Elements of regional planning, land-use/transport interaction; transportation modes
and system characteristics; transportation demand estimates, data collection, highway
engineering; driver, vehicle and road characteristics, road geometrics; traffic engineering;
road construction, drainage, pavements, maintenance.
Texts
Lay, M. G. Source Book for Australian Roads
(Australian Road Research Board)
Interim Guide to Geometric Design of
Rural Roads (NAASRA 1980)
524001 CE410 Elastic Continua
Prerequisite CE314
1 unit
Problems in the theory of elasticity; finite element method for plane stress and axially
symmetric problems; bending theory for plates with rectangular boundaries; finite
elements for plates.
524002 CE411 Plastic Frame Design 1 unit
Pre(Co-)requisire CEJI4
Review of upper and lower bound theorems; plastic moment distribution; column;
connections; design of braced frames; subassemblages; unbraced frames.
524003 CE4]2 Thin Walled Structures ] unit
Prerequisite CEJI4
Instability of beams, columns and frames, including analysis of thin-walled sections in
torsion; box-girder analysis.
94
524004 CE413 Masonry and Timber Design ] unit
The behaviour of masonry. its The design of masonry
structl:lres mcll:ldmg recent developments m high flse construction. The properties and
behaVIOur of timber. The design of timber structures.
524052 CE414 Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells I unit
Prerequisite CE314
Analysis and design of plates with different plan forms and boundary conditions
analysis of cylindrical shells and edge effects. Folded plate analysis
cylindrical shells, membrane analysis of shells of revolution.
524054 CE415 Optimal Design of Structural Elements
] unit
Prerequisite CE314
Elements of variational calculus, optimal design of ties, beams, columns, shafts and
beam-columns. Multipurpose optimal design.
524055 CE416 Structural Analysis II I unit
Prerequisite CE314
Extension of displace!""ent method to grids and space frames; review of energy
flexibilIty of non Uniform and curved members; influence lines, Muller.Breslav
Pnnclple. .
524056 CE417 Structural Analysis II]
I unit
Prerequisite CE3l4
Corequisite CE416
Vibration of single degree offreedom systems; treatment of structural vibration as lumped
mass systems; frequencies of vibration of beams; stability of frames.
524057 CE4I8 Structural Design II 1 Wlit
Advanced reinforced concrete -. frames, Yield-line method, Hilleborg Strip
method, flat slabs and plates, torsion ID remforced concrete. Plastic design in steelwork.
Texts As for CE3l5
524058 CE419 Structural Design III
1 Wlit
Basic design of prestressed concrete structures. Laboratory tests of prestressed concrete
beams.
Texts
S.AA
Warner, R. F. &
Faulkes, K. A.
Warner, R. F. et al.
Prestressed Concrete (ASI48J 1978)
Prestressed Concrete (Pitman 1979)
Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976)
95
524403 CE425 Earth and Rock Engineering 1 unit
Prerequisite CE324
Site investigation, design of spread footings, strip and combined footings, raft
foundations, piled foundations, design of embankments, cuttings, earth and rockfi\l
dams, introductory rock mechanics.
Text
Peck, R. B. et al. Foundation Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)
524034 CE426 Advanced Properties of Materials I unit
Prerequisites CE212, CE213, CE221
Micro - and Macroplasticity, creep of materials, viscoelasticity of plastics and concretes.
Brittle and ductile fracture, Fatigue. Composite materials.
524035 CE421 Concrete Technology I unit
PrerequiSite CE222
Characteristics of special concretes. Use of high alumina, slag, fly ash and other special
cements; gap-graded mixes; light-weight aggregate; fibre reinforcement; small scale
conCrete models.
524036 CE428 Soil Mechanics 1 unit
Prerequisite CE324
Advanced numerical analyses applied to soil mechanics problems, including slip circle
analysis, finite difference solutions to problems of consolidation and flow, and fmite
element solutions to problems of flow, stress analysis and consolidation.
524064 CE437 River and Coastal Engineering 1 unit
Prerequisite CE334
Soil erosion by currents, waves, rainfall and overland flow. Sediment transportation
by streams. Measuring devices. Fluvial morphology, river training. Scour protections at
artificial river constrictions. Tides and currents. Waves, Reflection, refraction and
diffraction. Movement of material by the sea, littoral drift. Coastal protection. River
and coastal models.
Text
Henderson, F. M. Open Channel Flow (Collier-Macmillan 1966)
524062 CE443 Water Resources Engineering III 1 unit
Prerequisites CE334, CE342 and CE351
Operations research techniques used in studies of water resource systems. Deterministic
and stochastic hydrological models. Parameter estimation.
524102 CE452 Engineering Construction 2 unit
Management: Construction company failures and the need for efficient management;
prinCiples of management, management functions and techniques; nature and type of
organisational structures.
Administration: Costing; estimating; engineering contracts; drawings and specifications;
tendering.
Project Planning and Control: Planning; constructing and analysing networks;
resource levelling; cost minimization; presentation of information; control.
Construction Plant: Classification, selection and use of plant; plant organisation;
plant costs, purchase or hire; site establishment and temporary works.
96
GENERAL INFORMATION
(i)
(xvi)
Construction Methods and Equipment: Earthmoving; drilling and blasting; tunnelling;
foundation drilling; piling; bridge and building construction.
Texis
Antill. J. M.
Antill. J. M. &
Ryan. P. W. S.
524404 CE453 Project
Pre- and Corequisiles
Civil Engineering Management (Angus & Robertson
1973)
Civil Engineering Conslruction (Angus & Robertson
1973)
4 units
According to nature of topic
Literature review. analytical and/or experimental investigation of one or more civil
engineering design problems. Presentation of seminar.
524050 CE454 Civil Engineering Systems II 1 unit
Mathematical programming and optimisation techniques. applications to problems in
structural design. engineering management, water resource systems and transportation.
524045 CE473 Engineering Surveying II 2 units
Prerequisite CEI71 Engineering Surveying 1
Precise levelling, trigonometric levelling, barometric levelling, single-second theodolites,
approximate adjustment of plane triangulation.
Texts
Bannister, A. &
Raymond, S.
Clarke, D.
Clarke, D.
Surveying 3rd edn (Pitman 1972)
Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol. 16th edn
(Constable 1969)
Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers
Vol. II 6th edn (Constable 1973)
524046 CE474 Transportation Planning I unit
Prerequisite CE372
Transportation in the national economy; sociological, environmental and economic
requirements of transportation systems; demands for travel; land use/ transport
interaction. Transportation planning; data collection, trip generation; trip distribution;
traffic assignment; modal split economic evaluation. Recent innovations in
transportation systems.
Text
Bruton, M. J. Introduction to Transportation Planning (Hutchinson
1975)
524047 CE475 Highway Engineering 1 unit
Prerequisite CE372
Structure of road pavements; failure modes; pavement design methods. Material
requirements, strength, strain at failure, fatigue. skid resistance. Testing of materials,
subgrade. granular and sabilized bases, bituminous materials.
Text
Lay, M. G.
524048 CE490
524049 CE491
Source Book for Australian Roads
(Australian Road Research Board)
Special Topic ~
Special Topic ~
97
1 unit each
520137 CE510 Elastic Continua 1 unit
See CE410 Elastic Continua.
520138 CE511 Plastic Frame Design 1 unit
See CE411 Plastic Frame Design.
520139 CE512 Thin Walled Structures I unit
See CE412 Thin Walled Structures.
520140 CE514 Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells 1 unit
See CE414 Analysis and Design of Plates and Shells.
520141 CE515 Optimal Design of Structural Elements 1 unit
See CE415 Optimal Design of Structural Members.
520\31 CE526 Advanced Properties of Materials I unit
Prerequisites CE212. CE21) and CE221
Principles of materials selection. Construction materials. Steel: metallurgy, precautions
in fabrication, corrosion protection, brittle fracture prevention. structural properties
and uses. Structural aluminium: types of alloys and their properties. fabrication. typical
uses. Composite materials.
520121 CE528 Soil Mechanics t unit
See CE428 Soil Mechanics.
520149 CE537 River and Coastal Engineering t unit
See CE437 River and Coastal Engineering.
520145 CE544 Water Quality Management t unit
See CE444 Water Quality Management.
520133 CE554 Civil Engineering Systems II t unit
See CE454 Civil Engineering Systems II.
520129 CE574 Transportation Planning t unit
See CE474 Transportation Planning.
520136 CE575 Highway Engineering t unit
See CE475 Highway Engineering.
520612 CE612 Prestressed Concrete Design 2 units
Review of design procedures of statically detenninate prestressed concrete structures,
design of indeterminate prestressed concrete structures. Study of the effects of creep
and shrinkage. Detailed study of anchorage zones in pre- and post-tensioned members.
Fatigue strength of prestressed concrete beams. Statistical basis of structural safety.
Partially prestressed beams.
Texts
SAA
Warner, R. F. &
Faulkes, K. A.
Prestressed Concrete Code AS1481-1974
(Standards Assn of Australia)
Prestressed Concrete (Pitman 1979)
98
520611 CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fracture Mechanics 2 units
Mat.hen:tatical preliminaries stress distribution around holes and cracks under
tensil.e, shear and anti-plane shear conditions. Crack modelling by dislocations
PlastiC at Equivalence of Griffith, BarenbJatt and Dugdale crack
growth Fully plastic. crack growth - use of finite element technique. Energy
methods III . - use of J-integral. Theory of fatigue crack growth
Useful appI.catlOn of bnule fracture in mining. .
99
I
Electrical and Computer Engineering Subjects
531304 EE094 Industrial Experience
I unit each
531305 EE095

531306 EE096 ,
These subject units are designed to the of
which rna" be studied in lieu of electlvc umts by stu ents. a ho

resent a re ort answering questIOns set by the adviser a conne.
of his engineenng activitics and expenence dunng the year.
See also Section 3, lII(e) of this Handbook.
2 units
531307 EE097 Industrial Experience II
, .. d' h" c tudents only The student must
This 2-unit elective is available to san WIC cours I S d f' lsI July ',n the
. .' I' t for one ca en ar year rom
be in appropnate full-lLme emp , r of enrolment A diary mu),t be kept,
year p.receding to the 'student's adviser. The
a semLnar presente ,an a .... . . ct
report must indicate that the s!udent has been engaged 10 a majOr cnglOeenng proJe .
See Section 3, lII(c) of thiS Handbook.
531203 EE131 Circuit Fundamentals
Part I (Introduction)
Introduction to Electrical Engineering. Model Theor}. Unih.
I unit
Pari 2 IResisli'r'e Circuits) d M h A I '
",d Series circuits. Nodal an es na
Ohm's I.aw. Kirchoff's Law. Parallel a
fhe\"Cnins and Theorems.
Part 3 (Transient Cireuits) in RI.. RC Circuits.
Inductance and Capacitane. Natural and Forced
Part 4 (Sinusoidal Anal},sis) '. .
The Phasor Concept. Complex Impedance and Admittance. Phasor diagrams.
Part 5 (Power in AC Circuits)
Power. Reactive power. Power Factor. .
The course will be evenly divided between lectures and laboratory work and will also
be supplemented by tutorial sessions.
Tex,
Hayt. W. H. &
Kemmerly, J. E.
I:."ngineerinf{ Circuil Ano(J".\is 3rd edn (McGraw-Hili)
532106 EE211 Energy Conversion
1 unit
Prerequisite EE131 .
Magnetsand circu!t laws. B. H. characteristics of ferromagnetic
materials; hysterests loss iO magnetic matenals. .
f d
e ator act Lon Eddy current losses
Faraday's law; Lenz's law, concept 0 motor an gen r .
in materials. . f I d
Concept of flux linkage and inductance; self, mutual and leakage
0
cour e
al
IC
tro-mechanical energy conversion; law of
of energy and its application to singly-excJted and doubly-exclted systems.
100
Machine windings and their parameters, principle of torque production. Concepts of
transformer induced and rotationally induced voltages in a two winding system.
The course consists of lectures and tutorials.
Text
Gourishanke, V. EleCfromognetic Energy Com'ersion (Internal.
Text)
532107 EE221 Semi-Conductor Devices I unit
Prerequisites EEI31 and Physics IA or IB
Electrical properties of semi-conductors. PN junction diode: operation. static, dynamic
and incremental models. High frequency models, switching, noise. Diodes: avalanche,
Zener. tunnel. signal. PIN. snap, schottky, LED. Applications. Junction transistor:
operation. models. charge-control. Eber's-Moll, Hybrid-IT and T. Switching, Noise.
Drift transistor. Field-effect transistors: JFET, MOSFET. models. switching
characteristics. Noise, MSI. LSI techniques CMOS, VMOS, LOCMOS. Inherent
limitations of solid state devices. Negative resistance devices: UJT. SCR, avalanche
transistor. Operation. characteristics and applications.
The course consists mainly of lectures supplemented by laboratory demonstration and
tutorial sessions.
Text
Hamilton, D. J. &
Howard, W. G.
Basic IntegroJed Circuit Engineering
Kogakusha)
532108 EE232 Electrical Circuits
Prerequisite EEI3I
Corequisite Mathematics IIA or
Mathematics lIB Pt I (Topic CO)
] unit
Review of AC circuits, Elementary Circuit Topology, Nodal and Mesh Analysis.
Circuit Theorems, RLC Circuits. Complex Frequency in Circuit Analysis, Poles and
Zeros of Network Functions. General Frequency Response and Bode Diagrams.
Fourier Series and Fourier Transforms. Convolutional Integral, Laplace Transform.
Two Port Network and their Parameters.
The course will be evenly divided between lectures and laboratory work and will also
be supplemented by some tutorial sessions.
Text
Cooper, W. D.
Hayl. W. H. &
Kemmer/y, J. E.
Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement
Techniques (Prentice-Hall)
Engineering Circuit Analysis 3rd cdn (McGraw-Hili)
532113 EE262 Systematic Programming 1 unit
Prerequisite Mathematics I
An introduction to PASCAL. The case for high level programming languages. The
fonnal definition of the syntax of high level languages.
An overview and comparison of several high level languages, including FORTRAN 77,
PL/I and COBOL and Ada. Comparison of compiler languages and interpretive
languages. A brief introduction to list processing languages and macrogenerators.
Structured programming: its objectives and the techniques used to achieve them.
Modulardesign, top-down programming, good coding style. The role of'goto'constructs,
conditional statements, looping 'case' statements.
101
Recursive pmgramming. Appropriate and
Procedures. co-routines. re-entrancy.
inappropriate uses of recursion.. .
The course consists of lectures. tUlonals and some practical work.
Tf'xl
Koffman, E. 8.
Prohlem Solving und StruclUred Programming
in PASCAL (Addison-Wesley 1981)
532114 E[263 Introduction to Structuring of Information
Prerequi.\i/f' Mathematics I
t unit
Influence of structuring of information on design of programming languages.
Data structures: trees, queues, deques and,stacks. Examples of methods for
im lementing these structures. Storage allocatIOn for, complex, data Scatter
p d hash addressing Elementary string procesSing, and \1st processing.
storage an. .. . d .
Searching and sorling. A description of several sorting algonthms an companson
of their efficiencies. .
The course consists of mainly lectures supplemented by tutonals.
Text
Tenenbaum, A. M. &
Augenstein, M. J.
Data Slructures Pascal
(Prentice-Hall 1981)
532116
EE264 Introduction to Computer Architecture and
ASjembly Language
I unit
Prerequisite
Mathematics I
Number systems: representation and arithmetic.
. . com onents, rocessor structure, addressing modes .. Assembly
pseudo Pops, machine language macros, recurSIOn, re-entry, Imkers
and loaders. .
Lectures will be supplemented with practical assignments usmg PDP-II computer.
Texl
Eckhouse, R. H. &
Morris, L. R.
Minicomputer Systems: Organisation, Prugraf!1ming
and Applicatiuns (PDP-/J) 2nd edn (Prentice-Hall
1979)
533201 EE313 Power Systems
EE211
1 unit
Prerequisite
R
eview of complex power, three-phase system analysis, per unit
Energy sources.
quantities. 1 d
Ope
rational considerations. Energy utilisation, oa
Structure of electric power systems.
characteristics.
The synchronous machine: models, steady state perfor":,ance. power transformers.
Transmission line parameter calculations. Network eqUivalents. Surge phenomena.
Steady-state watt and VAR flow control.
The course will consist of lectures supplemented by tutorial and laboratory work.
Text
Elgerd, O. 1.
Electric Energy System Theor)': An Introduction
(McGraw-Hill)
102
533106 1-:1-:31.. Electrical Machines
1 unit
PI't'feqllisifl' EE211
rhe analy)'i)' of lirst primiti\e machine. rhe derivation of equivalent circuits for
DC and induction mach inc)' from the Kron machine. The practical DC
induction mach inc and its perforrnancl' under ,teady-state operation.
rhe course will consi),t of supplemcnted by tutorial and laboratory work.
533111 EE315 Power Electronics
unit
EE232
The performance of circuits with s\\itches and diodes; Techniques for the recovery of
trapped energy. Analysi:-. of single phasc rectifier circuits including active loads.
rhe model of the ThHistor and ib operation. Thvristor characteristics. Controlled
rectifier circuih Line, Imld and forced n)mmutation principlcs. Polyphase
rectifier and line com mutated im'cneT systems. A.C. voltage controllers using inverse
parallel connected thyristors.
Principll's of the dual comerter and its application to cycloconverter systems.
rhe will consist solely of lectures supplemented by tutorial
533117 EE323 Linear Electronics I
Prerequixile EE221
I unit
Signal processing in electronic systems. Biasing requirements and techniques for
BJrs and FET's. Single stage amplifier design, small signal and large signal effects.
Multistage design, gain, frequency response, linearity, noise, impedance interaction.
Stability and feedback. Directly coupled stages, the differential pair, frequency
performance. design and cascading.
The course consists of lectures and laboratories which will be supplemented by tutorials.
533118 EE324 Linear Electronics II
1 unit
Prerequi.\ile EE323
Continuing from EE323. Multistage amplifier design. Detailed properties of BJT and
FET configurations. Feedback structures.
The course consists of lectures and laboratory work, supplemented by tutorials.
533119 EE326 Digital Design and Technology
I unit
EE362 or consent of Instructor
(Students who have completed EE325 prior to 1983 will not be permitted to enrol in this
subject)
Logic families: Static and dynamic characteristics, noise performance.
Switching performance of digital devices and systems: signal skewing. set-up/hold time
requirements; Metastable behaviour at asynchronous/ synchronous interfaces.
Random Logic Techniques: ROM. PLA and MSI module based design.
Pipe lining and Parallelism: space time tradeoff.
Digital System Interconnections: Single and differential transmission; open collector and
tristate buses; nonlinear digital interconnection transients. Noise generation and
suppression in digital systems.
Bus Control Techniques: Centralised/decentralised. Bus handshaking.
Microprogrammed Systems.
Introduction to VLSI Design.
103
533217 EE333 Advanced Circuit Analysis 1 unit
Note _ People who have passed EE332 Electrical Circuits will not be permitted to
enrol in EE333.
Prerequisite EE232 Electrical Circuits
Terminated two-port networks, classical filter design. transf?r.mation,
modern filter design: Chebyshev, ,filters. Active Infinite,
multiple-feedback, general VCVS and blquad IntroductIOn to
systems. Telegraphers lossy and lossless I,mes; state AC ,of
lines. Terminations and reflectIOns. Impedance of hnes, standmg wave ratIO. Smith
chart, matching. Pulse transients in lines.
The course will consist mainly of lectures which will be supplemented by laboratory
work and tutorials.
Texts
Johnson, W. C.
Daryanani
Transmission Lines and Networks (McGraw-Hili)
Principles of Active Network Synthesis and Design
(J. Wiley & Sons)
533110 EE342 Linear System Theory
I unit
Prerequisite
EE341 or ME361
Multivariable control systems. Frequency domam deSign methods
Observability. Canonical decomposition. Mmlmal realisatIOns. Pole by
state variable feedback. Luenburger observers. The type I servomechams'!l p.roblem.
Introduction to Kalma!) filtering. Nonlinear control systems. Popov cntenon and
describing functions.
The course consists mainly of lectures which are supplemented by laboratory work
and tutorials.
Text
As for EE341
533113 EE344 Communications
1 unit
Prerequisites EE232, Maths IlA or liB
Introduction to analogue and digital communications. Amplitude modulation,.
modulation, frequency modulation, pulse modulation. of
systems in the presence of noise. Basic ideas on AM radio, FM radIO and colour televIsion.
Lectures plus tutorials and laboratory.
Text
Principles of Communication Systems
(McGraw-Hill-Kogakusha Ltd)
Taub & Schilling
533116 EE345 Digital Signal Processing 1 unit
Prerequisite E341 or ME361
Z-transforms; realisations of discrete time systems, steady state fr:quency response,
Approximation and filter design. Classical frequency .Butter.worth
and Chebyshev. Recursive design. Finite Impulse R:sponse Ftlters, Wmdow
design. Discrete Fourier Transforms. The Fast Founer Transform Algonthm.
Discrete Random Signals, Power Spectrum Estimation; Application of Fast Fourier
Transforms to Covariance and Sectrum estimation.
The course consists mainly of lectures which will be supplemented by laboratory and
tutorial sessions.
Text
Stanley, W. D.
Digital Signal Processing (Reston 1975)
104
533222 EE362 Switching Theory and Logic Design I unit
E264 or consent of Instructor
Boolean algebra, combinational logic, logical circuits, minimization techniques,
threshold logic. Data representation, binary arithmetic, codes, error checking and
correcting. Sequential logic, flip-flops, state diagrams, state reduction, races and
hazards. Logic subsystems: registers, adders. counters, convertors, coders, etc. Basic
architecture of digital computers.
Lectures will be supplemented by practical assignments on logic trainers and some
tutorial sessions.
Text
Nagle, Carroll &
Irwin
533208 EE380
Prerequisite
An Introduction to Computer L01{ic' (Prentice-Hall)
Project/ Directed Reading 1 unit
Students may not enrol in this subject without the
permission of the Head of Department.
Private work of laboratory, literature search or theoretical nature requiring the
preparation of a report. Taken under the direction of a supervisor with whom the
topic should be negotiated.
534149 EE413 Power System Analysis and Operation I unit
Prerequisite EE313
Steady-state analysis: Load flow formulation, computer solution algorithms, economic
dispatch, fault calculations.
Dynamic analysis: Dynamic models, electromechanical transient behaviour of
synchronous machines, stability, stabilizer design.
Power system operation: Operating states, supervisory control and data acquisition,
automatic generation control, security.
The course will consist of lectures supplemented by assignment and laboratory work.
Text
Elgerd, O. I.
534150 EE415
Prerequisite
Electric Energy Systems Theory: An Introducfion
(McGraw-Hill)
Power System Equipment and Protection
EE313
1 unit
Transformers: construction and connections, parameters, testing, tap changing.
Substation arrangement,
High voltage transmission: Design of towers and lines; insulators, strings, arc horns,
surge diverters etc; corona effects. The design of high voltage cables.
Protection: Use of current transformers and summation transformers; time graded
systems, directional systems. Circulating current protection methods. Generator and
generator transformer protection. Feeder protection.
Circuit Breaker: The are, switching of lagging and leading loads. Design of oil and air
blast circuit breakers. Layouts for substations.
High voltage technoiogr: testing, properties of insulation, breakdown theories,
insulation co-ordination, overvoltages.
The course will consist of lectures supplemented by tutorials, laboratory work and visits
to local power facilities.
105
534144 EE416 Advanced Eleclrical Machine Theory
(.'\ot offered in 19H4)
Prereqllisill' EE.114
1 unit
The practical 3-phase wound mtor and cage induction Single phase
induction Aspects of the performances of and induction
machines.
Single phase commutator Linear induction machines. More advanced techniques
used in winding design.
The imhricated pole generator. the alternator. and the homopolar machine.
The course consists mainly 01 lectures supplemented by tutorial
Tt'xl
rhaler, G. J. & Eit'c(ri(' . ..\Iachine,I' (Wiley)
Wilcox, M. L.
534146 EE417 Variable Speed Drive Systems I unit
Prerequisite EE.115
The design and analysis of d.c.-d.c. converters and their application to the control of d.c.
machines.
The design and of sI.Juare wave. quasi-sI.Juare \vave and P.W.M. and
their application 10 the speed control of a.c. machines.
Performance evaluation of induction motors and synchronous machines in variable
frequency systems. Control strategies for variabk speed drive systems.
534109 EE42J Electronic Design A 1 unit
Prerequisire EE.12.1
Operational amplifiers: design, characteristics and applications. Power stages: design,
characteristics and protection, Electromagnetic Interference and Shielding. Electronic
wiring and supply distribution.
The course consists of lectures and laboratory work.
Texl
Can toni. A. Efe('/ronic De.11gn A Courw Noles ParI I.
Department of Electrical and Computer
Engineering, University of Newcastle
534110 EE422 Electronic Design B
EE323
High frequency circuit layout and interconnections.
Broadband amplifier design, video amplifiers.
1 unit
Bandpass amplifier design; ncutralintion, unilateralization, limiting action, a.g.C.,
stagger tuned stages, double tuned.
Oscillators, V.e.O. and applications.
Balanced modulator and applications.
High-speed digital circuits and interconnections.
The course consists of lectures and laboratory work evenly divided.
Texr As for EE421
106
534147 E[426 Advanced Digital Systems I unit
Prerequisite EE326 (or EE325 if passed prior to 1983)
Memory Systems: Associative memories; cache memories, memory paging: memory
segmentation. Multiport memories.
Interconnection Networks: operation modes; control strategies; switching
methodologies; network topologies.
Multiprocessor Systems.
Highly Parallel Processing Systems: array, vector and associative processors. Systolic
Architectures.
Pipelined Processors
Data Flow Processors
Reliability
Fault Diagnosis
Fault Tolerant Systems
534134 EE447 Digital Communicalions 1 unit
Prerequisite EE344 or Consent of Instructor
Pulse code modulation schemes. Introduction to Information Theory. Framing, Timing
Recovery, Equalization, Matched Filters, Error Control Coding, Digital Carrier
Modulation, ASK, PSK, FSK, DPSK.
Lectures plus tutorial plus laboratory.
Text
Shanmugan, K. S. Digiral and Analog Communication Systems
(Wiley Paperback)
534148 EE451 Eleclromagnetic Propagation and Antennas
Ph221 & Mathematics liB
1 unit
Revision of Maxwell's equations. Solutions in various media, reflection, polarization.
Poyntings power flow theorem. Attenuation and surface impedance.
Free space and guided wave propagation including coaxial, waveguide and strip line
configurations.
Electromagnetic sources and potential functions, radiation and elementary antenna
theory. Techniques for obtaining the surface current distribution on an arbitary antenna
by analytic and computational methods. Solutions of the potential equations, near and
far field distributions.
Characteristics of common antenna configurations including primary source wire
antennas, antenna arrays and secondary source antennas.
Ground wave and ionospheric propagation.
Texl
Ramo, S. et al. Fields and Waves in Communication Electronic.l
534145 EE462 Topics in Switching Theory 1 unit
(Not offered in 1984)
Prerequisire EE362 or Consent of Instructor
Complete set of logic primitives, strong and weak complete sets. Post's theorem.
Equivalence classes of functions. Decomposition. Cellular realization of combinational
and sequential logic functions. Universal Logic Modules. Finite and infinite cellular
arrays and their testing. Programmable cellular logic.
107
534124 EE463 Computer Operating Systems
1 unit
Prerequi.\ites EE264. Topic ML or Consent of Instructor
Views of an operating system. Multiprogramming. interacting concurrent processes.
process control primitives. Processor management. memory management, name
management. Protection.
The course consists mainly of lectures supplemented by tutorial sessions.
Text
Lister. A. M.
o/" Operatiom
2nd edn (Macmillan 1979)
534143 EE464 Compiler Construction 1 unit
Prerequi."ile EE264 or Topic ML
The design of assemblers. Introduction to the theory of grammars, parsing techniques.
Construction of compilers, object code generation. Construction of interpreters.
The course consists mainly of lectures and assignments on computer.
Texi
Aha. A. V. &
Ullman, J. D.
Principle., Compiler Desi!{11
(AddisonWesley 1977)
534102 EE480 Project/Directed Reading
3 units
Topics to be arranged in the field of interest during early part of first term. Fulltime
students are normally required to undertake a project.
534106 EE481 Project/Directed Reading
Supplementary to EE480
534101 EE491 Seminar
Supplementary to EE480
Talks on various topics of general interest in engineering.
EE480 and EE491 are taken together.
List of EE500-600 Subjects
2'units
1 unit
(a) It is proposed to offer the following EE500 subjects in 1984 subject to adequate
enrolments.
530144 EE513 Power System Analysis and Operation
1 unit
As for EE413 with additional material
530105 EE511 Variable Speed Drive Systems
1 unit
As for EE417 with additional material.
530142 EE526 Advanced Digital Systems
1 unit
530129 EE547 Digital Communications
1 unit
108
530143 EE551 Electromagnetic Propagation and Antennas t unit
As for EE451 with additional material on microwave devices
including lasers. masers and T. W.T.'s.
530117 EE563 Computer Operating Systems 1 unit
530136 EE564 Compiler Construction 1 unit
530135 EE580 Project 2 units
530111 EE590 Seminar I unit
530137 EE591 Seminar unit
A of seminars fulltime postgraduate students who each will prepare
approximately one seminar per semester on a technical or theoretical subject. Each
student will also attend EE491 seminars.
(b) The following subjects wilt not be offered in 1984.
530107 EE516 Advanced Power Systems I unit
Prerequisile EE313
Variable content selected from power systems operations. computer control centres,
stability, security dispatch, emergency state control. probabilistic methods. load
forcasting, reliability, and protection.
530145 EE541 Advanced Digital Signal Processing 1 unit
530102 EE542 Modern Control 1 unit
530120 EE543 Optimization Techniques 1 unit
530146 EE545 Advanced Communication Systems I unit
530141 EE562 Topics in Switching Theory I unil
530147 EE566 Automata Theory 1 unil
109

J unit
530125 EE567 Computer Process Control
Linear Discreet Dynamic Systems. Z-transforms. Digital Sample
S t 'Classical Approaches to Digital Control System des.lgn. State-Space Des'.gn
Quantization Techniques. Multivariable & Optimal Contro\. Adaptive
Control.
Text
Franklin, G. F. &
Powell. J. D.
OiX
irul
Control or Dmamic System.I' (Addison-
Wesley 1980)
530121 EE568 Advanced Computer Architecture
530133 EE641 Multivariable Control Systems
530134 EE642 Stochastic Control
110
J unit
1 unit
1 unit
General Engineering Subjects
501101 GEII2 Introduction to Engineering Design
Philosophy and fundamentab. of engineering design.
Text
J unit
All.ltroliall SflJnt/ard l:.11Kineerinf{ DrOll'inK Practice
CZI /976 (lnst. of Engineers Australia)
,
501102 GEl51 Introduction to Materials Science J unit
The course provides a general introduction to materials of engineering significance
and to the which exist between structures. properties and applications.
The detailed treatment of aspects is left to the latter stages of the degree
programme.
The following sections arc given approximately equal amounts of time and emphasis;
Atomic bonding: atomic arrangmcnts in metals. glasses and polymers; the effects of
stress and temperature on simple metals; the control of metallic structures bycomposition
and thermal treatments; common metals of engineering importance; the structures and
properties of ceramics and cement products.
Polymers. rubbers and woods; engineering applications for polymers; the mechanical
testing of materials: composite material; the fundamentals of corrosion and practical
considerations: the electrical. magnetic. optical and thermal properties of solid materials.
Tex,
Flinn. R. A. &
Trojan. P. K.
EIiXineerinx MOIerial.I' and Their Application.l"
(H oughton Mimin 1975)
501103 GE204 Engineering Computations I
Prerequisile Mathematics I
J unit
This course is concerned with com puter programming. with particular emphasis on
programming style. The use of terminals. files and editing techniques will be covered. Also
some aspects of computer hardware and data handling wiJ] be considered. Some
numerical analysis techniques will be discussed to provide examples for programming.
These will include solution of single non-linear equations, interpolation and integration .
Te:o
Browne. L. W. 8. A Forrran Primer
or
Carnahan. 8.. Luther. Applied Numeri('ol (Wiley 1969)
H. A. & Wilkes. J. O.
501104 GE205 Engineering Computations II I unit
Prerequi.l"ile G E204
This course is concerned with developing a student's ability to write computer
programmes that use numerical analysis techniques to solve problems in the engineering
field. Some discussion of the theories behind the numerical analysis techniques is given
but the main emphasis is on computing.
The programming work of Engineering Computations I is extended to include some
advanced Fortran programming techniques. the use of graph-plouing routines and the
use of computer libraries such as the NAG library. Emphasis is placed on curve fitting to
well-ordered data and to experimental data and the differentiation and integration of such
data. Systems of equations, both linear and non-linear are considered. Other material
covered includes solution of ordinary differential equations and partial differential
.equations.
111
Text
Shoup, T. E.
or
Carnahan, B. Luther,
H. A. & Wilkes, J. O.
A Practicable Guide to Computer Methods for
Engineers (Prentice-Hall 1979)
Applied NlIIlIericu/ Methods (Wiley 1969)
501105 GE301 Technology and Human Values I 2 units
A course of lecture:. and di:.cussions focussing on the ethical, spiritual. social, political and
economic issues that arise in technological decision:.. The course is presented in two
parallel strands. Strand A is based on an examination of Australian energy policy. This
example of decision making is used to develop an awareness of (i) how non-technical
dimensions enter dccisions and (ii) a systematic approach to public policy making.
Strand B complement:. Strand A by introducing a range of additional topics which
broaden the horizon of consideration and deepen the treatment of specific features of
decision making.
Text.\' (Strand A)
Commoner, B.
Diesendorf. M. (ed.)
. Hooker, C. A. et al.
Saddler, H.
Textx (Strand B)
Brown. L. R.
Schumacher, E. F.
Teich, A. H. (ed.)
The POIwty Power (Bantam 1977)
Energy and People (Soc.Soc.Resp.Sci.)
energy amI lite Quality Lite
(U. of Toronto Press 1981)
Energy in AW;lralia (Geo. Allen & Unwin 1981)
The Twenty Ninth Day (W. W. Norton 1978)
Small is Beautiful (Abacus 1974)
Technology and Man s Future
(S1. Martin's Press 1977)
501106 GE302 Technology and Human Values 11
Pre- or Corequisite GE301 Technology and Human Values I
2 units
A team project on the role of technical and value factors in technological decision making.
Students will form small teams under staff leadership for a year-long intensive study of a
specific example of technological decision making. The aim is to provide a comprehensive
and accurate understanding of the interaction between technical and value factors in the
decision. Each team will produce a report of a quality aimed at management/ ministerial
discussion. Evaluation will be by the Team Report plus staffleader's/ team's assessment of
individual contributions. Example projects are Nuclear Electric Power for Australia?, A
Study of Technology Assessment. A wider variety of projects can be undertaken, selection
by teams will occur during the first two weeks of term.
501107 GE325 Microprocessor Systems and Applications 1 unit
(Students who have completed EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology prior to 1983
will not be permitted to enrol in this subject)
Review of basic logic design and number systems.
Memory Technology: capacity. cost. speed and organisation.
Microprocessors and Microcomputers; ArChitecture and performance.
Bus standards: Memory and I/O interfacing, bus handshaking procedures.
Interrupt structures and interrupt programming.
I/O Peripherals: direct memory access; parallel devices, serial devices; timers; disks; I/O
programming.
Software and Hardware development aids for microprocessor systems.
Computer Interconnections: Taxonomy, characteristics and examples.
II2
Examples of microprocessor applications: real time systems dedicated systems and
general purpose systcms. .
Fourteen hours of laboratory exer' d I . h
hardware and software. clses ea 109 Wit hardware and microprocessor
Text:
A. Cantoni
An Introduction 10 Miaopro('f'.lSor SYHems
Cou:se ."'-OIe.\' Department of Electrical and Com pUler
Engmeenng
523202 G E350 Seminar 1
. unit
and discussions on topics chosen by students within a general theme
WI . vary rom ye.ar to year. The purpose of the course is to explore som f h
10 sc.'clety and the role technology plays in it. At the same time
o taln some tramlng 10 the skills of formal communication. . s
501108 GE360
Automatic Control
1 unit
Prerequisites Maths IIA OR Maths lIB OR EM2CO & EM2BD
An introduc.tor.y in control systems. Mathematical models of s stems and
equations and transfer functions. Simple systems first and
re c n . order. of steady state performance. System stability and transient
sponse b.y algebraiC. root-locus and frequency response methods ltd .
compensatiOn techniques. . n ro UCtlon to
Description of components of servo-mechanisms and process control systems.
TexH
Fortmann, 1'. E. &
Hitz, K. L.
or
lruroduction to Linear Control Srstems Theon'
(Dekker 1977) . .
Cannon, R. H.
or
Distefano. et al.
D.I'namin 5."stems (McGraw-Hill 1967)
Feedhayk and Contral 5.".Hems (Schaum's
Outhne Series 1976)
504101 GE471 Energy
1 unit
Prerequisites Physics IA or IB, EM2CO
Histor.
y
. distribution and forecasts of energy usage.
of energ.y transformations and the applicability of the laws of thermody .
In energy converSiOn. namlCS
from fundamental processes related to nuclear solar chemical
, e ectncal and mechanical forms of energy. ",
[
Envlronmental.aspect
s
of energy usage and control of thermal audio gas and other
orms of pollution. ' ,
504102 GE472 Energy
I unit
Prerequisites Physics IA or IB, EM2CO
Energy conversion technology:-
Conversion Efficiencies and technical and economic constraints.
- steam plants, combustion engines and turbines nuclear reactors

y ro-e ectrlc p ants etc. "
Possible future technology solar powe h d [. [
- r, m USlon, uel celis, the hydrogen
economy, total energy etc.
II3

Energy management:- .
Planning of systems, increase in efficiency of usage. choICe of energy sources and energy
conservation.
500101 GE501 Air Pollution Studies I
500102 GE502 Coal Analysis and Properties
1 unit
1 unit
Coal formation and geology. Classification. analysis and The for
tat
on of analysis results. Analysis of coal minerals. Coal and mmeral reactIOns at
presen I . . '1.
high temperature. The effect of coal properties on Its uti Isatlon.
500103 GE503 Mineral MaUer in Coal
2 units
A first course in coal properties
Types. composition and origins of minera.1 matter coal. Analytical methods for the
analysis and characterisation of the morgaOic m . ..
Examination of a number of coal applications m mmerals and
determine successful usage and aspects of coal and Dependmg on
interest this may include: grindability. furnace fouhng. fly ash collectIOn. and
emissions, material aspects (including refractory).
500104 GE504 Coal Preparation
2 units
Prerequisites A first course in coal properties
The principles of particle sizing, crushing, washability and techniques ..
Analysis of the unit operations of coal preparation such as Jig washlOg. dense medIUm,
cyclones and festation. .
Row sheeting of washeries, plant control, optimisation and computer modelling.
500105 GE505
500106 GE506
Metallurgical Aspects of Coal Utilisation
Content to be advised
Mining Geology
2 units
2 units
Prerequisites
Relevant topics from Geology II and Geology III or
their equivalents
The formation of peat and
analytical methods.
coal as a basis for an understanding of exploratory and
Plant types, coal types, petrography.
Analysis of coal measure sequences. . ..
"Floor-seam roof systems", mine planning "colhery and open-cut
Mine layout based on geological features.
Mine services. Mining and extraction operations.
114
Mechanical Engineering Subjects
541302 ME092 I
541303 ME093 Industrial Experience
541304 ME094
t unit each
These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Industrial Experience gained
by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent to
one unit of 42 hours. Students who wish to study any or all of the Industrial Experience
units M E092 094 will be required to attend nominated lecture and tutorial periods
which will deal with working and professional environments. essentials of communication
and report writing. In addition. each student will be required to present a seminar
relating to aspects of his experience and to report to his industrial experience tutor
twice per term. Some assignments relating to employment and experience will be set.
Students will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and
critical evaluation or their engineering activities and experience during the year. Such
units may be used by students in lieu of electives.
541307 ME097/
541308 ME0985
Industrial Experience 2 units each
As above except that each of ME097-8 is the equivalent of two units. These Industrial
Experience units are available to sandwich course students only and are designed to
cover Industrial Experience gained over two years.
541104 MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing I unit
A study in communication and analysis by pictorial means. Methods of projection
covering orthagonal projection points, lines. planes and solids; lengths of lines. angles
and intersection between lines, planes and contoured surfaces; orthographic projection.
dimensioning and sectioning; isometric projection; prospective projection.
Tex/.I
Levens. A. S.
541103 MEI3I Dynamics
Graphin, Anal\".l"is & ConcepT/wI Desif{fl
(John Wiley& Sons)
Australian S/andard Engineering Drawing Proc/ice
CZI 1976 (lnst. of Engineers. Australia)
I unit
Basic concepts for the study of motion: length, time. force and mass; Newton's law
or motion; law of friction; systems or units. Motion of point masses. rigid bodies and
connected bodies in straight or curved paths and in simple rotation. Relative motion
using translating reference frames. General plane motion of rigid bodies. Momentum
and impulse. both linear and angular. related to point masses and rigid bodies. Energy
and the conservation principle applied 10 mechanical work, strain energy. kinetic
energy. friction losses. for particles and rigid bodies. In addition to lectures. the course
includes weekly tutorials devoted to the solution of problems in Dynamics.
Te.w
Meriam. J. L. Enf{ineerinf{ Mechanit's. Vol. 2 - Dynamics, SI Version
(Wiley International Student Edition 1980)
542206 ME201 Experimental Methods I 1 unit
Assumed Knowledge Mathematics I and Physics IA or IB
Fundamental units and quantities are discussed as well as the means by which they
are measured. Variability in measured data is described and an introduction to error
analysis is given. The importance of a correct interpretation of experimental data is
emphasised. and simple examples of regression analysis are explained.
115
Basic methods using mechanical. optical or electrical systems or some combination of
these. which are used for the measurement of length. strain. area, pressure. temperature.
force. torque, fluid flow. vibration. acceleration and other physical properties. are
described. Selected laboratory experiments are also provided.
Text
Holman. J. P. E-.;perimemal MetllOd,.IcH Engineer., (McGraw-Hill
1966)
542104 ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems 1 unit
Assumed Klwl\'Iedge Mathematics I. MEI3I. CElli
System Classification - Lumped parameter and distributed systems; discrete systems.
Examples commonly occurring in engineering problems.
Linear Graph Analysis and Network Analysis; Block diagrams.
Circuit diagrams for mechanical systems "through" and "across" variables;
equilibrium and compatibility analysis; system modelling; system function.
Concept of "state"; free and forced response; stability.
Classical time domain analysis; frequency domain analysis of linear lumped and
continuous systems.
Tex!
Cannon, R. H. Drnamin o/" Sy.l"/ems (McGraw-Hili 1967)
542207 ME203 Experimental Methods II 1 unit
Assumed KnOldedge M E20 I
Selected engineering experiments designed to extend the concepts of experimental
procedures and 10 complement formal subject matter in the course.
542208 ME212 Engineering Design I 1 unit
A.\".mmed Knowledge MElli. ME214 or CE212. CElli. Math, I. GEI12
Design procedures for mechanical components. Load estimation. Typical allowable stress
and factor of safety values. Stress calculations. Detail considerations of the design of
shafts, bearings, couplings. bolted joints. welded connections, wall brackets. eccentric
connections. levers, flat and vee belt drives and springs. Horsepower calculations for
straight and helical spur gear reductions.
Text
Spotts Doign ur Mat'hine Elemems 5th edn (Prentice-Hall
1978) ,
542105 ME214 Mechanics of Solids I 1 unit
Assumed Knowledge Maths I, CElli
Uniaxial loading, states of stress and strain. stress and strain relationships; internal forces,
internal stresses. deflexion of beams, torsion, buckling.
Text
Beer, F. P. & Mechanic.,' of Material.,' (McGraw-Hili 1981)
Johnston, E. R.
542209 ME223 Engineering Technology
1 unit
Materials and processes in manufacturing. Casting processes. Metal forming
processes. Metal cutting processes. Fabrication processes. Numerical Control.
Dimensional accuracy and surface finish. Technology of machine tools. Jigs and
fixtures. Assembly methods. Material handling and workshop layout.
116
Tt'x/.\"
Campbell, J. S.
DeGarmo. E. P.
and in ManufoClurillK (Wiley)
.l,1aterwl.\ Prlnl'.Bt'., III Manulac!uring (Macmillan)
542305 ME232
A.uumed I\.fuJIIledXl'
unit
Maths I. CE [[ J
Description of plane and three-dime" I' '.
ro.tating reference frames. particles translating
dimenSIOnal motion of systems of particles and ri;d General three-
TeXl
Meriam. J. L.
Drnamin 2nd edn SI Version (Wiley International
19751
542106 ME241 Properties of Materials I
AS.I"lIfll(!d A."IUJII-tedXl' M E214
1 unit
Dislocations and their interaction theoretical' h
of solidification, mic;ostructural phase
microstructures, age hardening h. YSIS, gram. Size, non-eqUilibrium
characterisation of pearlite . and TTT diagrams,
aluminium and allovs, weldin surface en.sll
e
, meta urgy Iron and steel and
hot working. work hardening, enlOg, deep hardenmg. recryslallisation,
Texl
Ashby, M. F. &
Jones. D. R. H.
542210 ME251
Engineerin,g Materials: An Inrrodul'fion 10 (heir
Properlles and Applicatiuns (Pergamon 1980)
Fluid Mechanics I
A.s.wmed Knowledge Maths I Ph "IA IB
. YSlcs or
1 unit
properties and definitions, Fluid statics'- f
stability of floating and submerged bodies T' on su.rfa:es, buoyant forces.
and Bernoulli equations energ e uation '1' ypes 0 ow, contlOUIty equation, Euler's
Introduction to dimensional m0r.nentum app!ications.
turbulent flow in pipes and condu,'t, FI 'd ' UI reSistance, laminar and
"', UI measurement.
Text
Streeter. V. L. &
Wylie. E. 8.
Fluid Mec-hanic.l 7th edn (McGraw-Hill 1979)
542205 ME27. Thermodynamics I
Assumed Knoll'ledJ(e Maths I. Physics lA or IB
1 unit
Fundamental thermodynamic fi
and irreversible processes. secondl.la":s and corollaries. Reversible
C I
. ec gases. Iqulds and vapours
a culatlOns of property changes and en fl .
unsteady flow processes using various non-flow, steady flow and
E . . f . s.
conversion systems as examples of the above calculations
Diesel and heating, DUo cycle,
cycles. on cyc es, gas turbme cycles, refrigeration
Text
Rogers, G. F. C. &
Mahew. R.
Engineeri'!g Thermodynamics Work and Heat Transfer
S I Units (Longmans 1972) . .
117
543104 ME302 Experimental Methods III
1 unit
As.mmed Knowledge ME203
Selected engineering laboratory experiments designed to extend the concepts of
experimental procedures and to complement formal subject matter in the course.
543105 ME312 Engineering Design II
unit
Assumed Knowledge ME212, ME214
Film lubrication, Friction theory and applications, Hydrodynamic drives, Materials and
failure theories, Fatigue, Fracture, Thermal Stresses. Residual Stresses. Belt conveyors as
an example of the design of a system. Projects to solve problems related to the above; one
involving the development of a computer programme.
Text
Burr, A. H.
Mel'hanical Analysis and Design (Elsevier)
543107 ME333 Dynamics of Machines II
1 unit
A,.sumed Knowledge ME202, ME232. EM2CO. EM2BD, EM2H
Kinematics and dynamics of radial cams and toothed gearing.
Balancing of machinery.
Vibrations - Review of one degree of freedom systems.
Multi degree-of-freedom systems. Vibrations of continuous systems.
Text
Mabie, H. &
Ocvirk, F.
Mechanisms and Drnamic.s of Machinen' 51 Version
3rd edn (Wiley) . . .
543108 ME342 Properties of Materials II
1 unit
Assumed Knowledge ME241
Cartesian tensor notation; Dynamics of macromolecules; General constitutive theories;
Network models for rubber-like solids; Composite materials; Dynamic and non-
:sothermal behaviour of rubber-like materials; Time-temperature superposition
principle; Elastic fracture mechanics; Elastic plastic fracture mechanics.
Texts
Christensen. R. M.
Rolfe & Barson
Treloar. L. R. G.
Theory of Viscoelasticity - An Introduction
(Academic 1971)
Fracture and Fatigue Control in StruClUres
The Physics of Rubber Elasticity 2nd edn
(Oxford U.P. 1958)
543109 ME343 Mechanics of Solids II
Assumed Knowledge
CE212 or ME214
1 unit
Theories of stress, strain and elasticity. Formulation of problems in elasticity. Statically
indeterminate beam problems. Shear centre. Torsion of prismatic bars - membrane
analogy. torsion of thin-walled sections. Strain energy methods of analysis. Plane stress
and plane strain problems. Unsymmetric bending, curved beams. thick cylinders.
instability problems.
118
543110 ME352 Fluid Mechanics II
1 unit
As.wmed Knol\"/edxt' M E25!
Kine.matics of Fluids. Dynamics of lncompressibl Fl d S ., . . .
of d .. me.nsionat a.nalysis. Exact solutions of \. theapphcatlo.n
lubricatIOn. Lammar and turbulent flows. 0 es equatIOns. HydrodynamiC
Text
Antonia. R. A.
543202 MEJ72
.Vote.\.IiJr r'uid II (Department of
Mechanical EnglneeTlng, University
of Newcastle)
Heat Transfer
EM2CO. EM2BD. EM2H. ME251
1 unit
Conduction; steady and unsteady, one and two d . . . .
heat generation and including convection bound u:,e.nsNlOnaL and mternal
C ' .. . anes. umenca solutions.
Analytical and empirical solutions. Analogy between
Rd .
r a of radiation networks. Exchange between
eflectmg and absorbmg surfaces. Heat exchangers. Combined modes. transmitting.
Text
Holman, J. P.
Heal (McGraw-Hill, ISE, 1981)
543111 ME373 Thermodynamics II
AHlimeel Knowledge M E271
1 unit
second law of processes and cycles. Advanced anal sis
p p ants, turbme systems and refrigeration plants A _ Y steam
fi
Psychometry, air-conditioning systems. Reactive mixtures"
Irst law analysis. equilibrium constants Direct energy c . I num equatIOns.
. onverslOn systems.
Text.\" As for ME271 Thermodynamics I
543501 ME381 Methods Engineering
1 unit
Assumed Know/edge Maths l, M E223
The of man, machines and materials to achieve .
operation: The critical questioning attitude. Ch. maximum effiCiency of
Ergonomics. Activity sampling. Case studies. artmg methods. Work study.
Te:a
Niebel, B. W.
or
Stevenson. M. G.
MOIion alld Time Study (Irwin)
Me/hods Engineering (N.S.W. Univ. Press)
543502 ME383 Quality Engineering
Assumed Knowledge ME223, EM2CO. EM2BD. EM2H
I unit
of quality. Sampling plans. Inspection b attribute b
Operatmg characteristic curves control cha t D . Y f s: y measurement.
variance. r s. eSlgn 0 expenments. Analysis of
119
543503 ME384 Design for Production I unit
A.numed KliowledKe ME312, ME223
The application of economics, methods engineering, ergonomics and mechanical
engineering to the development and design of products. Production, distribution and
marketing of engineering products.
Production, assembly and inspection methods in relation to scale of output. Principles
of metrology and tool. jig and fixture design.
544481 ME405 Advanced Numerical Programming t unit
A.Humed KnOlt"iedKe ME3DI or ME2D4 or GE2D5
Complex algebra, multiple entry and return points for segments, use of disc and magnetic
tape files, use of library subroutines, etc.
Some advanced computing techniques. For examplc:-
(a) Solution of end Yalue differential equations.
(b) Finite elemenl
(e) Ad\aneed finite difference
(d) Eigenvalue
544453 ME407 Environmental Engineering t unit
A.Humed Knowledge Completed Year II
Physical and chemical interaction of air pollutants on the local and global scale.
Meteorology, atmospheric diffusion models and ambient measurements of air pollutants
and the control of exhaults from mobile and stationary sources.
544424 ME409 Introduction to Noise Pollution Control 1 unit
Introduction to problems of community noise, industrial noise and building acoustics.
Behaviour of sound waves. Noise levels. Noise measurement. Criteria for community,
building and vehicle noise standards.
Text
Beranek. L. L. Noise and Vibration Control (McGraw-Hill 1971)
544426 ME410 Advanced Design Concepts I I unit
The ap.plication of system analysis principles to the solution of problems associated
with the design of mechanisms. Formalising of the design process. Computer approach
for mechanical design applications. The optimum design of typical mechanical
components.
544428 ME413 Engineering Design III 1 unit
Stress Analysis, Deflection Analysis, Contact Stress & Wear, Impact. Industrial
hydraulics as an example of the design of a system, Projects to solve problems relating to
the above; one based on the use of a computer package and one involving the development
of a programme.
544469 ME419 Bulk Materials Handling Systems I 1 unit
Principles of granular mechanics. Flow patterns and characteristics. Strength and flow
properties of bulk solids in relation to hopper design. Gravity reclaim stockpiles. Analysis
and design of hoppers for 'mass-flow', 'funnel-flow' and expanded flow conditions. Bin
wall pressures. Flow rate analysis. Feeder loads.
120
Text
Arnold. P. c.,
McLean, A. G. &
Roberts, A. W.
Bulk SulitA: Storage, FlolI" and Handling (TUNRA)
2nd cdn. 1982. ISBN 07259 0 3031
Selected research papers.
544472 ME420 Bulk Materials Handling Systems II
I unit
A.\sumed Knol\"ledKe ME419
Further topics in bulk Wall pressure analysis for mass.flow and funnel-
flow. .of eccentnc loadmg due t? eccentric discharge and other factors. Wall
roughness, fnctlon and deSign. Flow promotion. Blending. Flow of fine
powders. Transfer chutes. VibratIOn of bulk solids.
TexIS
Arnold, P. c.,
McLean, A. G. &
Roherts, A. W.
Bulk SolidI': Storage, FloII' and Handling (TUNRA)
2nd cdn. 1982. ISBN 0 7259 0 3031
Rademacher, F. J. C.
Feeder.l ami Vibrator.!' Cunveron (TUNRA)
1979. ISBN 0 7259 0352 X
544473 ME421 Conveying of Bulk Solids
Assumed Kno II'ledge M E419
I unit
on. economic and technical considerations of different modes of
dlscont.muous transportation of bulk s?lids. Overview of freight pipelines
pneumatIC, hydrauhc. and capsule - mechamcal conveying _ belt. screw and
bucket Techmcal and economic considerations in the design of conveyors
Examples will be selected from the conveyor systems mentioned above. In
case of .be.1t dynamiC. and the influence of these
charactenstlcs on deSign Will be studied to some detail In tho cas f .
h d
. . ... e 0 pneumattc
conveyors, t e eSlgn of both lean and dense phase systems will be discussed.
Texts
Arnold, P. c.,
McLean, A. G. &
Roherts, A. W,
Roberts, A. W. &
Hayes, J. W.
Bulk Solids: Storage, Flo\\" and Handling (TUNRA)
2nd cnd. 1982. ISBN 0 7259 03031
Economic Ana(l'sis in the Optimum De!.ign
o.fConveyurs (TUNRA) 1981.
ISBN 0 7259 0340 6
544471 ME434 Dynamics of Machines III
I unit
Assumed Know/edge
ME333
Dynamic Motion Analysis, energy distribution method, equivalent mass-and-force
method, the rate-of.exchange-of-energy method.
Kinemati.cs of Plane Motion, the inflection circle, Euler-Savary equation
Oller s construction. Hartmann's construction. '
Introduction to Synthesis, graphical and analytical methods.
Text
Hirschhorn, J.
Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Motion
(McGraw-Hill)
121
544474 ME444 Properties of Materials III I unit
Assumed Knmdedge ME342
Composite Materials. theory of fibre reinforcement. continuous fibre composite.
discontinuous fibre composites. mechanisms of failure. fracture toughness of composite
materials.
544475 M E445 Mechanics of Solids III
I unit
Assumed Knol\led!w ME343
An introduction to the theory of plates and shells with extensions to thick pressure
vessels and creep effects.
Application of numerical (approximate) methods.
544476 ME453 Fluid Mechanics III
I unit
Anumed Knollledge ME352
Lectures and laboratory work dealing with a selection from the following topics:--
Topics in turbomachinery.
One-dimensional compressible flow.
Fluid dynamic stability.
Elements of turbulent flows.
Turbulent flows in both the laboratory and atmosphere.
544477 ME473 Thermodynamics III I unit
Assumed Knoll'ledge ME373
Thermodynamic relations; the Maxwell relations; general equations for enthalpy.
internal energy and entropy; compressibility factor; equations of state; generalised
charts for enthalpy and entropy. Availability concepts and applications.
Thermodynamics of irreversible processes. Applications of statistical thermodynamics.
Direct energy conversion.
Text
Holman. J. P. Thermodynamics (McGraw-Hill 1969)
544478 ME474 Heat Transfer II
1 unit
A Humed Knowledge ME372
Development of the general forms of the continuity, momentum and energy equations.
Application of these equations to a range of convection heat transfer problems.
Advanced conduction and radiation heat transfer. Heat transfer with change of phase.
Text
Karlekar. B. V. &
Desmond. R. M.
Engineering Heal Transfer (West Publishing Company
1977)
544101 ME481 Engineering Administration
1 unit
Assumed Knowledge Maths I
The nature and function of an industrial enterprise. Theories of organisation.
Behavioural aspects of work. Production management.
122
544433 ME482 Engineering Economics I I unit
Anumed Know/edge Maths I
accounting concepts. Time.value of money. interest formulae. Comparison
of alternatives. annual and present equivalent. rate of return. Depreciation and income
tax effects. Projects financed from public funds. Replacement and retirement
economics. Capital budgeting.
Text
Smith. G. W. Engineering Economy: v.lCapita/
3rd edn (Iowa State V.P. 1979)
544470 ME483 Production Scheduling I unit
Assumed KnOll"led!{e Maths I. ME30ljME204 or GE205
Production systems: job shop. line production. group technology; computer aided
manufacture. numerically controlled systems; materials handling. Production scheduling
and sequencing. Computer algorithms for scheduling and sequencing problems.
544464 ME484 Engineering Economics II I unit
Anumed Know/edge ME482
Accounting concepts. use of accounting data in decision making. Utility. risk and
Expansion a.nd :conomic. pa?kage concepts. Capital expenditure
programmmg. Effects of mflatlon. ApplicatIOn of mathematical programming to
economic problems.
Text
Smith. G. W. En!{ineering Economy: v.rCapital Expenditure.l
3rd edn (Iowa State U.P. 1979)
544466 ME485 Numerical Control and Computer Aided Manufacturing J unit
Introduction to Computer Aided Manufacturing Concepts. Control systems for NC
Machines; Programming of NC Machines. Systems with integrated materials handling.
Robotic Systems. Group Technology concepts.
544467 ME487 Operations Research - Fundamental Techniques I unit
Assumed Knowledge EM2CO, EM2BD. EM2H
Concept of optimisation; Optimisation approaches; Formulation of Models; Linear
Programming; Allocation and assignment; Simplex Method; Duality; Theory of
Games. Parametric Programming; Decomposition principle. Network theory; Dynamic
Programming. Geometric Programming. Applications.
Texts
Hillier. F. S. &
Lieberman. C. J.
or
Taha, H. A.
or
Wagner. H. M.
Introduction IV Operations Research (Holden-Day)
Operatiuns Research (Macmillan)
Principles of Operations Research (Prentice-Hall)
123
544468 M E488 Operations Research - Planning. Inventory Control 1 unit
and Management
A.\.\w1/ed Knoll'ledge EM2CO. EM2BD. EM2H
Statistical decision theory: Forecasting. methods moving average exponentially
smoothed average. Inventory control theory. Fixed order fixed cycle
systems: Production _. inventory simple queue
queues. Queues in series. Transients In queues: simulatIOn of systems. Applications.
Text As for ME487
544203 ME496 Project/Seminar
4 units
Usually consists of literature survey and. reviev-:, and;' or experi-:nental
investigation into a mechanical or industrial engmeenng problem. Presentation of
seminars. Two (2) copies of the Project Report are required.
Invited guest seminars.
See Head of Department for further details.
544479 ME497 Project/Directed Reading 2 units
NOll': Students may not enrol in this subject without the permission of the Head of the
Private work of laboratory,literature search or theoretical natu.re preparatio.n
of a report. Work will be undertaken at the direction of a supervisor With whom the tOPIC
should be negotiated.
The work undertaken in this subject may form part of an extended ME496 Project or an
independent topic.
544480 ME498 Project/ Directed Reading 1 unit
Note: Students may not enrol in this subject without the permission of the Head of the
Private work of laboratory, literature search or theoretical natu.re preparatio.n
of a report. Work will be undertaken at the direction of a supervisor With whom the tOpiC
should be negotiated.
The work undertaken in this subject may form part of an extended ME496 Project or an
independent topic.
540137 ME503 Design of Experiments for Engineering Research 1 unit
Assumed Knowledge EM2CO, EM2BD, EM2H
A systematic approach to the analysis and d.es.ign the interpretation of
experimental results. The course has been divided mto three approximately equal parts as
follows:-
(I) Statistical methods for the design and evaluation of experiments.
(2) Model analysis, use of true and distorted models as well as analogues. Use of
dimensional analysis.
(3) Methods of measurement, mechanical. optical. electrical and electronic
instrumentation. Recording techniques and data processing. Use of computers.
Planning of computer laboratory operations.
124
540126 ME505 Systems Analysis, Organisation and Control ] unit
Assumed Knowledge ME301 or ME204 or GE205
Types of systems. physical and organisational. Mathematical modelling and system
simulation. System pcrformance criteria. Concepts of Optimisation. Application of
systems techniques of organisational analysis and design. Examples of industrial and
business systems.
540127 ME508 Air Pollution Studies II I unit
Note - Students who have previously completed ME407 may not enrol in this subject.
Atmospheric diffusion models and physico-chemical interactions on the local and global
scale. Ambient measurement and control of exhausts from motor vehicles.
Text
Seinfeld. J. H. Air PoilU/ion - Phl'sical and Chemil"Q1 FundamellfalJ
(McGraw-HilI 1975)
540128 MESH Experimental and Theoretical Stress Analysis 2 units
An introduction to the experimental and theoretical analysis of complex components
with emphasis on the use of computer techniques. Theoretical and experimental
applications of the use of strain gauge, photoelastic and modelling methods will be
covered. Certain aspects of simulation techniques will also be given.
540129 ME515 Advanced Design Concepts II 1 unit
The application of system analysis principles to the solution of problems associated with
the design of mechanisms. Formalising of the design process. Fundamental concepts of
reliability. Reliability analysis. Methods of improving the reliability of systems.
Computer programming for mechanical design applications. The optimum design of
typical mechanical components. (This subject continues on from ME41O).
540138 ME517 Materials Handling and Transportation Systems 1 unit
As for ME421 with additional material.
540130 ME535 Vibration and Noise Problems in Industry 1 unit
A systematic study of both noise and vibration problems which are of common
occurrence in industrial plants and structures. It is divided into:
(i) Fundamentals underlying noise control. Criteria for noise and vibration control.
Practical noise control. (This section continues on from ME409).
(ii) Vibration measurement and analysis. Vibration control: shock and vibration
isolation in machines and vehicles. Effects of shock and vibration on structures.
Texis
Anderson, R. A.
Beranek, L. L.
Fundamentals of Vibrations (Macmillan)
Noise and Vibration Control (McGraw-Hill 1971)
540141 ME553 Turbulent Flows ] unit
Assumed Knowledge ME352 or equivalent
Review of physics of turbulence and some of its engineering a pplications. Governing
equations and interpretation. Phenomenological theories. Vorticity dynamics. Statistical
and structural descriptions. Spectral and correlation theories. Wall-bounded and free
turbulent shear flows. Turbulence research trends.
125
Text
Tennekes, H. &
Lumley, J. L.
A First Course in Turbulence (M.I.T. Press 1972)
540131 ME554 Computation of Fluid Flows and Heat Transfer 1 unit
Assumed Knowledge ME301. ME352, ME372, or their equivalents
Governing equations in primary and secondary variables.
Coordinate transformations.
Discretisation of the equations.
Solution algorithms for the dicretised equations.
Examples from the marker-and-<:ell technique, Patankar-Spalding, Cobeci Smith,
Bradshaw-Ferriss, Wilcox-'Edybul' programs.
540132 ME581 Mathematical Programming II 1 unit
Assumed Knowledge ME404 or equivalent
An introduction to non-linear optimization problems. Dynamic programming and its
application to a range of resource allocation. production planning and inventory control
problems. Linear programming problems in integers; introduction branch-and-bound
methods and implicit enumeration algorithms for problems in binary variables.
540133 ME581 Probabilistic Models in Operations Research 1 unit
Review of relevant, probability and statistics theory; utility theory; Bayes' theorem;
decision trees; decision models under risk and uncertainty: queueing theory; Markov
models. renewal theory; variable inventory models: forecasting; time series analysis
production-inventory models quality assurance models; reliability.
540152 ME582D Industrial Computations 1 unit
Review and revision of probability theory, random variable and distribution Regression
analysis and statistical tests. Applications in industry in quality control and sampling
inspection schemes: in design of industrial experiments in analysing variability in
production systems.
Text
Guttman, I .. Introductory Engineering Statistics 2nd edn (Wiley)
Wilks. S. S. &
Honder, J. S.
540134 ME583 Modelling of Management Problems 1 unit
Principles of model building; classification of models; cause-effect structures;
organisational objectives; problem formulation; management problems in industry and
government; models for marketing. manpower, production, inventory, distribution, and
investment; case studies of management problems.
540135 ME584 Simulation
1 unit
The basic methodology of simulation and its relationship to operations research and the
scientific method; analogue. digital and hybrid simulation;
the representation of uncertainty in simulation models, sampling methods;
simple example of simulations of a queue to illustrate the problems and methods involved
in the construction of different models to answer different questions;
126
general solutions to the modelling of such networks:
the classical 3-phase model:
programming languages for simulation;
design of simulation experiments:
simulation project.
540136 MES97 Project/Seminar
For content see Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering.
433240 ME681 D Industrial Law
2 units
3 units
4 units
4 units
For subject entry see Industrial Law entry in Economics and Commerce Handbook.
540173 ME684D Project
For content see Head of Department of Mechanical Engineering.
540176 ME685 Advanced Operations Research
Assumed Knou'ledl{f' ME487/488
2 units
1 unit
The of the Operational Research Method and techniques to tactical and
strategl.c problems: Analysis and simulation of production _ inventory control
systems. Queuemg systems. Investment and replacement. quality control and reliability.
127

111102 Me.092
111103 Me.093
111104 Me.094
111105 Me.095
1111 06 Me.096
Metallurgy SUbjects
These subject units are designed to formalise the period of Industrial Experience which
may be studied in lieu of elective units by part-time students. Each of the Industrial
Experience units is equivalent to one elective unit of 42 hours. Students will be required
to present a report giving a connected account of his industrial experience. and an
essay topic associated with the experience will be set. A seminar may be required from
this topic.
112214 Met214 Theory of Metallurgical Processes I 3 units
Prerequisite Maths I, Chemistry I, Physics lA
Corequisites Met261
This subject is divided into three parts:
(i) Physical Chemistry
Fundamentals of chemical thermodynamics and kinetics. Emphasis on their application
to heterogeneous systems.
Gas/solid equilibrium. Ellingham diagrams. Electrochemical equilibrium in aqueous
solutions. E-pH diagrams.
(ii) Separation Processes
A unified treatment of basic concept of heat and mass transfer. Concepts of flux, driving
force, heat and mass transfer coefficients. Diffusivity and conductivity; rate equations.
Dimensional analysis.
Heat transfer by convection. conduction and radiation. Convective heat transfer
coefficients. Radiative heat transfer.
Mass transfer by diffusion and convection. Mass transfer coefficient. Correlation of
transfer coefficients. Film theory; penetration theory. Vapour-liquid equilibria.
Additivity of resistances in mass and heat transfer.
Simple heat exchanges design. Equation for heat transfer surface. Co- and counter-
current arrangements.
The nature and spectral distribution of thermal radiation. Radiation pyrometry on grey
surfaces. Exchange areas. direct and total. The adiabatic surface approximation for a
refractory. The source-sink-refractory furnace. Introduction to gas radiation.
Texts
Coulson, J. M. &
Richardson, J. F.
Perry, J. H. &
Chilton. C. H.
Sarofim. A. C. &
Wall, T. W.
(iii) Fluid Mechanics
Chemical Engineering Vol. I (S.l. units)
(Pergamon 1977)
Chemical Enginnen Handbook 5th edn
(McGraw-Hili 1973)
Notes on Radiation Heat Transfer (University
of Newcastle)
Properties of fluids. Fluid statics; forces on surfaces. buoyancy. Fluids in motion;
conservation of mass and energy. Continuity. Bernoulli and Eulerequations, momentum
principle. applications of linear and angular momentum. Pumps and turbines. Laminar
and turbulent flow. Flow in pipes and ducts. Pressure drop in valves and fittings. Flow
measurement.
128
Text
Streeter, V. L. &
Wylie. E. B.
Fluid Mechanics 7th edn (McGraw-Hili 1979)
112241 Met241 Microplasticity 1 unit
Prerequisite Physics lA
of the plastic deformatio." of si!lgle crystals. slip, twinning and cleavage,
metal Dlsloca.tlOn theory, cross slip. climb, dissociation
partials. J.ogs. Th.eones of work hardening, deformation bands.
kmk dislocatIOn. mteractlOns With solute and particles. Deformation and
anneahng of polycrystalhne metals.
Text
Wulff. J. et al.
Structure and Properties of Metals Vol. 3 (Wiley)
112251 Met251 Metallography
I unit
Prerequisites Chemistry 1. Physics IA
An introduction to binary phase and the of microstructure. phase
rule, rule, departures. from generahsed relations between properties
an? .mlcrostructure .. Techmcallr Important. systems. Characteristics of pearlite.
and normahsmg. quenching, tempering. age hardening.
Isothermal and contmuous coohng transformation.
Text
Reed-Hill. R.
Physical Metallurgy Principles (Van Nostrand)
112261 Met261 Extraction Metallurgy
Prerequisite
Corequisite
Chemistry I
Met214
1 unit
Current technology and
ferrous metals.
fundamentals in the process metallurgy of ferrous and non-
Text
Gilchrist. J. D.
Fuels. Refractories & Furnaces 2nd edn (Pergamon)
112271 Met271 Fabrication Metallurgy
1 unit
Prerequisites Physics lA, Chemistry I
An t?, and. a study of, the metal-working techniques. Rolling.
forgmg, deep drawmg. wire and tube drawmg, castmg, extrusion and powder metallurgy.
Text
Dieter, G. E. Mechanical Metallurgy (McGraw-Hili)
112281 Met281 Atomic and Electronic Structure
1 unit
Prerequisites Physics lA, Chemistry I
atomic crystallography, crystal systems.
I":dlces, stereographlc proJectIOn, reciprocal lattice. Metallic structures,
Ideal sohd solutIOn. defects, Hume-Rothery rules. Non-metallic structures Pauling
rules. X-ray crystallography, production and properties of X-rays
Bragg diffractIOn. '
129
113301 Met301 Communication Skills
Prerequisites
Nil
Preparation of written and oral reports.
Text
If! unit
Pauley, S. Technical Report Writing Today (Houghton Mifflin)
113323 Met311 Statistical Design and Optimisation of Metallurgical
Processes
Prerequisites Met2l4. Met26l
1 unit
Experimental design: randomised and randomisedblock, factorial and fractional
factorial designs applied to metallurgical situations. Optimisation: method of
formulation, single variable and multivariable techniques. Linear and nonlinear
problems, constrained problems, confidence regions.
113393 Met312 Modelling and Control of Metallurgical Processes
1 unit
Prerequisite!>; Met214, Met261
Construction of models, use of models in prediction, identification and simulation,
validity of models using examples from current metallurgical practice. Computer
control systems. system components, advantages and justification of computer
systems. Demonstration by use of simulation packages. Use of microcomputers in
on.line data logging and control. Application to a practical example in the laboratory.
113395 Met314 Theory of Metallurgical Processes II
3 units
Prerequisile Met214
OR
All of ChE26 I. ChE272, and Chemistry IIC
Chemical thermodynamics and kinetics of complex heterogenous systems. Computer
calculations of complex equilibria. Physical chemistry of iron and steelmaking and of
selected nonferrous metallurgical processes. Shaft furnace modelling. Theory of
steelmaking processes including models of continuous steelmaking. Multiport modelling
of steel finishing processes. Mixing theory and simulation of batch and semi<ontinuous
pyrometallurgical reactors. Flow systems in pyrometallurgical processes; slagmetal
processes, gasmetal flow in vacuum processes, melting on packed beds, jet behaviour in
metallurgical reactors, gas bubble flow. molten metal. Flow in ingots and castings and at
solidification interfaces.
Text
Peacey, J. G. &
The Iron Blast Furnace (Pergamon)
Davenport, W. G.
113325 Met322 Electrochemistry Corrosion & Hydromelallurgy 1 unit
Prerequisite Met214
Metals in equilibrium with aqueous solutions. Departures from equilibrium. Kinetics of
electrode processes. Corrosion. Surface films and passivity. Corrosion prevention and
control. Electrodeposition. Electropolishing. The physico<hemical principles of
hydrometallurgical processes used in extractive metallurgy.
130
113353 Met353 Solidification Processes
1 unit
Prerequisites Met251, Met261. Met27l
practice of solidification of metals from the atomic-morphology of the
to structure of a steel ingot. The role of impurity, micro.
gases,. inclUSIOns. and macro-segregation on the final mechanical and
propertles of castmgs. Special reference is made to continuous casting
techmques and products.
Text
Flemings, M. C. Solid{ficaliun Processing (McGraw Hill)
1 unit
113350 Met354 Quantitative Metallography
Prerequisiles Met241. Met251
An introductory course in the application of
metallographic data including microstructures.
quantitative methods of evaluating
Texi
Pickering, F. B.
Vie Basi:.' of Quantilative Merallographl' (Institution
of Metallurgists) .
113355 Met355 Physical Metallurgy
2 units
Prerequisites Met242, Met251. Met281
Thermodynamics of binary phase diagrams. Transformation kinetics. The physical
of alloy steel.s, effect alloying elements, hardenability of alloy steel,
Tempenng temper bnttleness. Dislocation theory, yield point phenomena fracture
age and. creep. Elementary theory of thermal, electronic and
properties of metalliC alloys.
Texts
Reed-Hill, R.
Honeycombe, R. W. K.
Physical Merallurgy Principles (Van Nostrand)
Steels: Microstructure and Properlies (Arnold)
113356 Mel356 Metallographic Techniques
Prerequisites Met251, Met28l
1 unit
A cour.se of modern metallographic methods including theor of
operation, appilcatlon and mterpretation of data. y
TeXIS
Smallman, R. E. &
Ashlee, K. H. G.
Cullity, B. D.
113364 Met364 Refractories
Prerequi:,ite.s
Modern Metallography (Permagon)
Elements of X-ray Diffraction (Addison Wesley)
unit
Met241. Met251
the investiga.tion and testing of refractories. Phase equilibria and rates
of reactl?n m complex OXide The clay-water system and alumino-silicate
refract.ones. The structur.e, properties and industrial applications of silica. magnesite,
?oloml.te, chro":,e. alumma and carbon refractories. Special refractories includ'
msulatmg matenals. ' mg
113397 Met373 Polymer Processing
Prerequisites Met271
1 unit
A description and analysis of the techniques for the production and forming of
commercially important polymers.
131
Te:a
Seymour. R. 8.
Modern Plastin Tedmologr (Prentice-Hall)
113374 Met374 Welding and Non-Destructive Testing
1 unit
Prerequixite.\' Met241. Met251 and Met271 . . . .
'c rinci Ie!'> and techniques are introduced for the modern JOLllI.ng 01:
Pbrazing and soldering. The whLchh
are discussed. J:lowever. the -:nam t e arc we Ing
of ste!ls. Nondestructive testing techllLques and then apphcatLons arc Introduced.
Text
Lancaster. J. F.
The /l4etallurgy ol Welding. Bra=ing and SoldnillX
( Elsevier)
113375 Met375 Industrial Metallurgy
2 units

Met241. Mct251. Met271
Introduction to thc mctallurgy and properties of the common alloys. and
I ers of industrial significance. Models of metal ductile. bn.ttle. fatigue.
Castings and ingots. theory:, patterns. mnuence on
properties and welding. Matenal and process selection.
Text
Rollason. E. C.
Metal/urg .. for I::nxilleer.\
113391 Met39t Physical Metallurgy Laborator)'
Prerequi.\ites
Met241. Met251. Met27 Land Met281
The practices of optical. X-ray and electron metallographY and the
physical testing of metal components.
113392 Met392
Prerequi.\-jtes
Met214 and Met261
OR
2 units
mechanical and
2 units
All of ChE261. ChE272. Chemistry IIC and Met261
Experimental work in chemical and electrochemi:al equili?ria and kinetics. Transport
processes. Pyrometailurgical and hydrometallurglcal expenments.
113367 Met392S Furnace Heat Balance
t unit
Prerequisites
Met214 or ChE261 and ChE272
Cuntent . . b I
A segment of Met392 comprisingthe determmatlOn of the he.at ance
on a gas fired reheating furnace and the comparISon of the measurement and estimatIOn of
billet reheating within the furnace.
114405 Met401 Directed Reading
Topics to be arranged.
114406 Met402 Metallurgy Seminar
Topics in the general area of metallurgy and materials.
114434 Met411 Metallurgy Computations
132
2 units
t unit
1 unit
114414 Met414 Theor} of Metallurgical Processes III
3 units
Prl'Yeqllisilt, MetJ 15
equilibria. Gas condensed pha!>e equilibric in multicomponent systems,
to extraction processes. Heat transfer. Modelling of casting and
welding. heat-treatment. fabrication and nuid
mechanics. Gas-liquid contacting in pyro-metallurgy. Melting of packed beds.
Metallurgical rate
Metallurgical rt'actor analysis.
Text
Szekely. J.
fluid Flul!' Phenomena in :\1nats Pyo('es.\im:
(Academic Press 1979)
114454 Mef451 Structure of Real ('rystals I unit
MetJ55
The interaction of X-rays. neutrons and electrons with the crystal lattice. Imaging of
crystal defects. Effects on the diffraction pattern of modulated and faulted structures.
Order-disorder and martensite transformations.
114452 Mel452 Physical Metallurgy
Prerequisite MetJ55
I unit
Topics on the relation between mechanical properties and microstructure. Strengthening
mechanisms. Internal friction in metals.
I unit
Metallography of phase transformations in metals, Recrustallisation. grain boundaries
and interfaces.
114481 Met481 Dislocation Theory J unit
Prerequi.\'ite MetJ55
Advanced topics on the structure. interactions and movements of dislocations.
Applications to plastic deformation. fracture. transformations and strengthening.
114482 Met482 Metal Physics
unit
Prerequisilt, Met355
Topics will be chosen from a list including such items as: neutron diffraction methods.
diffraction theory. lattice vibrations. nuclear reactor materials. magnetic and electrical
materials. superconductors.
114490 Met490 Design Project 2 units
Prerequisites Met314. ChE361
Preparation of a design report for a specified plant for metal or raw material production.
including man and energy balances. preparation of process flow diagrams. and the
detailed design of one or more items of equipment. or equivalent. In addition to the
report. students are required to take a two-day design paper or equivalent.
114483 Met491 Laboratory Project
115521 Met521 Metallurgical Thermodynamics
MetJI4
2 units
1 unit
Introduction to statistical thermodynamics. Configurational models of alloys and
slags. Vibrational. electronic and magnetic contributions to the partition function.
Towards an understanding of phase equilibria.
I
115531 Met531 Heat Transfer 1 unit
Prerequ/.Iite Met3l4
Heat transfer modelling in casting and solidification, welding, pyro-metallurgical
reaction systems, heat treatment and fabrication systems.
115532 Met532 Fluid Mechanics I unit
Prerequisite Met3l4
Topics treated will include:
The teeming system geometry for continuous or .ingot product.ion. Th: so.lidifying
interface with various morphologies. The impmlng Jet geometry m metal
contacting in pyro-metallurgy. Melting packed beds.
115533 Met533 Metallurgical Rate Processes t unit
Prerequisite Met3l4
Single particle reaction systems in pyrometailurgy. Solid particle-gas-slag systems,
liquid metal drop-gas-slag systems, liquid metal drop-gas systems. Heterogenous
reaclion kinetics, Fe-C-O reaction in a steelmaking environment.
115551 Met55t Electron Metallography 1 unit
Prerequisite Met355
The interaction of electrons with crystalline materials and the development of image
contrast. Characterisation of structural defects.
115552 Met552 Physical Metallurgy 1 unil
Prerequi.l"ires Met353. Met355
Topics on the relation between mechanical properties and microstructure. Strengthening
mechanisms. Internal friction in metals.
115553 Mel553 Metallography 1 unit
Prerequi.Iite.\ Met353, Met355
Metallography of phase transformations in metals. Recrystallisation, grain boundaries
and interfaces.
115561 Met561 Extraction Metallurgy 1 unit
Prerequisite Met314
Study in depth of selected topics in the current technology of extraction metallurgy
from the field of: hydrometallurgy, pyrometallurgy and electrometallurgy.
115581 Met581 Dislocation Theory I unit
Prerequisite Met355
Advanced topics on the structure, interactions and movement of dislocations.
Applications to plastic deformation, fracture, transformations and strengthening.
115582 Met582 Metal Physics I unit
Prerequisite Met355
Topics will be chosen from a list including such items as:
Neutron diffraction methods, diffraction theory, lattice vibrations, nuclear reactor
materials, magnetic and electrical materials, superconductors, etc.
521110 SVIII Surveying I
Part A (Surveying)
Surveying Subjects
4 units
Classes nature, causes. and classes of errors - elementary error
prop.agatlOn linear measurcmenl With .tapes. ordinary differential levelling. angle
plane table. tachemctry optical square. Abney level. Indian clinometer,
magnetic compass.
Field notes line ranging. chain surveys traversing and traverse calculations _
plane triangulation contour surwys plane table surveying.
Route Surveys . areas and volumes -- horilOntal (circular and transition) and vertical
curves.
History of surveying and surveying instruments.
Part 8 (Survey draughting)
Plan draughting for cadastra.l and engineering surveys. Surveydraughting equipment and
Introduction to Acts of the N.S. W. Parliament. and Regulations. that
alfect the surveylllg profession and survey draughting practice in particular.
Text
Bannister. A. &
Raymond. S.
Surw'yinK 4th edn (Pitman 1977)
521111 SVI2I Suney Camp I
Coreqlli.lite
Duration
SVIII Surveying I (B.Surv. students only)
5 days
Extensive con.tour a?d detail survey. including horizontal and vertical control by
and _. plane tabling -- stadia. A small engineering survey.
Associated calculatIOns and plans.
522411 SV213 Surveying II
3 units
SV III Surveying I
Corequi.\ire SV233 Survey Computations 11
Part A (Surveying)
Precise levelling. levelling, trigonometrical levelling, reciprocal levelling.
Underground surveymg. Plane triangUlation with single second theodolites.
Part 8 (Optics)
and at and curved Prisms. thin lenses and spherical
c<?mbmatJons. thick. lenses. Aberrations, parabolic reflectors. Optical trains
III IOstruments, optical compensators, optical plumbing. Collimation
techmques. Lasers and holography.
Texis
Bannister. A, &
Raymond. S.
Clark. D.
Surveying 4th edn (Pitman 1977)
Plane and Geodetic Surveying .li.)r Engineers
Vol. II 6th edn (Constable 1973)
134
522405 SV222 Survey Camp II
Prerequisile SVI21 Survey Camp I
Curequ;sile SV212 Surveying II
/Juraliun 5 days
Extensive engineering survey -- control by plane triangulation and traversing -
setting out road centreline, including transition and circular curves - calculation of
grades and earthworks quantities. and associated drawings.
522407 SV232 Survey Computations I
Prerequi.\ite Mathematics I
This course is concerned with computer programming, with particular emphasis on
programming style. The use of terminals. files and editing techniques will be covered. Also
some aspects of computer hardware and data handling will be considered. Some
numerical analysis techniques will be discussed to provide examples for programming.
These will include solution of single non-linear equations, interpolation and integration.
Texi
Browne, L. W. B. A Fortran Primer
522409 SV233 Survey Computations II 1 unit
Plane trigonometrical formulae -- calculation of triangles, areas, roadways, subdivisions.
Use of calculators. Traverse computations. including offsets and missing data problems.
Areas from Transformations, resections and intersections - mathematical
and semi-graphic. Spherical trigonometry - applications to survey problems.
522410 SV271 Basic Regional and Urban Economics 2 units
Prerequisile Economics I
Applications of economics analysis to sub-national areas. Regional accounts -
descriptions of regional economies - regional income determination and growth -
impact of growth on regional economic structure - regional effects of national policy--
design of regional policy under constraints of national objectives and regional structure.
Selected case studies, stressing cross-country comparisons.
Broad survey of economic issues within the urban or metropolitan environment -
relation of cities to national and regional economy - interrelation of cities - central
place theory and location analysis - housing and land use theory - urban economic
development and growth - urban analysis, sociology and planning - public policy
and welfare.
Text
Richardson, H. W. Regional Economics (Weidenfeld & Nicolson 1969)
432300 SV291 Introduction to Legal Studies 1 unit
Prerequisite Nil
The Australian constitution and legal system - legal research and writing - areas of
law - legal concepts and terminology - statute law - case law.
432301 SV292 Property and Survey Law 1 unit
Prerequisite SV291
The notion of property - classifications of property -- estates in land - interests in land
- systems of title to land - dealing with land - statutory control of land use. with
particular reference to the Local Government Act 1919 (N.S.W.).
The regulation and legal liability of surveyors - survey investigations and searches.
136
TexIs
Hallman. F.
Willis
Legal A.\pecl.\ o/" Boundary Suneyil1K ax applr in
,Veil SoU/h WaleJ (lnst. of Surveyors Aust. 1973)
Nutes 011 Sur\'ey IlIl'e.I'tigatiom (N.S.W. Govt.
Printer)
523305 SV313 Surveying III
2 units
Prerequisites Physics lB. SV2l2 or SV213
SV334. SV351
Revision. DC AC circuits - transformers. vacuum tubes, semi-conductor devices
- ampit.flers, osctllators. transducers - wave-shaping - logic circuits. scalers __ _
propagation of waves --. m?dulation and heterodyning - phase
measurement - of Distance Measurement (EDM) study of
EDM - corrections to EDM distances -- electronic angle measurement and
total statIOn Instruments. Includes IO-.day survey camp.
Texl
Burnside. C. D.
EleclrumaKnelic Di.I'latue Mea.luremellf 2nd edn
(Granada 1982)
523310 SV314 Hydrographic Surveying
Corequisite
(26 hours of lectures, plus field excursions)
SV213 Surveying II
SV313 Surveying III
I unit
and tide gauging. Sounding - lead-line, sounding machine. echo-sounder.
PosItI?n flxmg afloat.- ranging, methods. electromagnetic methods (hyperbolic
and .clrcular). acoustIc beacons, Integrated systems. Wire sweeps, side-scan sonar.
multlbeam sounders, sub-bottom profiling. Bathymetric data processing.
Texl
Ingham, A. E. Hydrography/or Ihe Surveyor and f:nKineer
(Granada 1974)
523325 SV334 Survey Computations III
I unit
Prerequisite
SV23 I or SV233
and extension of error theory - adjustment by least squares - error ellipse
calculations.
523328 SV351 Geodesy I
2 units
Prerequisites SV212 or SV213, SV231 or both SV232 and SV233
Corequisites SV313. SV334
Hist.orical deve!opment of - e.llipsoid and geoid, geodetic reference systems _
outl.me of phYSical - geometry - geometry of the ellipsoid. normal
the -.sphencal excess, Legendre's Theorem - polars and joins on
the. elhpsOid --. Map projectIOn theory. projection, Australian Map
Gr.ld. N.S. W .. Integrated Surveys Gnd - geodetic surveys (horizontal control)
adjustment of figures and networks by Condition Equations.
523329 SV361 Photogrammetry I
2 units
Stereoscopic vision - of si."gle aerial. phot.ograph - stereoscopic pairs _
fundamenta! relatIOnships - radial tnangulation. Inner, relative and
Orientation with respect to direct optical projection. Cameras. physical
properties of photographs.
137
Texl
Wolf. P. R.
or
Elel1lellls (d' Phulograml1lelr.L" (McGraw-Hill 1974)
Morfit. F. H. &
MikhaiL E. M.
PhOloRral1ll1lf'lr.r 3rd edn (Harper & Row 1980)
433301 SV393 Land Boundary Definition
Prerequisill'.\ SV291. SV292
I unit
Cadastral surveys in New South Wales. Surveying practice law. Torrens and Common
Law title surveys and searches. Identification surveys. Field records and plans.
Texl.\"
Hallman. F. M.
Willis. R. W.
[..eRal ASpe(I.I Boulldary Surveyillg as al'I'/.1" ill
Nell" South Wale.\ (Ins1. of Surveyors N.S.W. 1973)
NOle.l 011 Surl'er IIII'e.Iligalions (N.S.W. Registrar
General's Office)
524124 SV416 Surveying IV 2 units
Prerequi.\"ire.\" SV313. SV334
Review of statistics and error analysis. Analysis of field procedures and design of surveys.
Mechanical principles of instrument design. optical tooling in industry. pointing accuracy
theory. Construction project surveys establishing control net. monitoring
construction. Dam deformation surveys. Tunnel surveying. gyrotheodolite. bridge
surveys. Survey control for subdivision projects. Integration surveys.
Texi
Riehardus. P.
524143 SV441 Astronomy
Projeci SUfI'eying (North Holland)
Prerequi.\ile SV231 or SV233
2 unils
The celestial sphere and astronomic triangle - definitions. conventions and time.
Latitude by circum-meridian methods. Longitude by ex-meridian methods. Azimuth by
circumelongation. circumpolar and sun observations. Position line methods.
Texl.\
Bennett. G. G. &
Freislich. J. G.
Mackie. J. B.
524128 SV452 Geodesy II
Field A.I"/ronOlllr for Survf'I'on (U.N.S.W.P.
1979) . . .
A.Itronomyfor Sun'eror.\" 8th end (Griffin 1978)
Prerequisite SV332 or SV334. SV351
1 unit
Least squares adjustment of control surveys: variance/covariance matrix. variance
factor and weight coefficient matrix, elementary statistical testing of observations and
adjusted values. Relationship between geoid and ellipsoid. astro-geodetic levelling,
ellipsoidal elevations. mean sea level and the geoid-gravity and its use in geodesy.
methods for establishing a world geodetic system. Precise levelling.
Text
Torge. W.
Mikhail. E. M.
Geodesy (De Gruyter)
Observation.\" and [..east Squares (lEP)
524130 SV462 Photogrammetry II 1 unit
Prerequisite SV361
Photogrammetric orientation. Design principles and practical application of exact
and approximate restitution instruments. Flight and project planning - aerial
mapping - aerial triangulation of strips'
U8
Text
Wolf. P. R. Elemeflls (!l Photogrammetry (McGraw-Hili 1974)
524140 SV465 Advanced Cartography 1 unit
Prerequisite SV361
Cadastral systems. Land information systems. Evolution of the N.S.W. cadastre.
Mapping _. methods of preparing and reproducing line maps and other map products.
Principles of automatic cartographic procedures, review of equipment. examples of
automated mapping.
Text
Sun'e.\' Inji)rt1wlioll DireclOrr (Institution of
Surveyors N.S. W. published annually)
524135 SV472 Land Valuation 1 unit
General principles of urban and rural land valuation unimproved and improved
capital values valuation of leasehold and freehold land _. subdivisional value of
land - valuation of buildings relevant Acts and Regulations N.S.W. Land and
Valuation Court proceedings and decisions.
Text.l
Hornby, D.
Murray. J. F. N.
One (lolyon 1976)
Prillciples & Practice rd' /..(md Valuatioll
(Commonwealth Inst. of Valuers 1974)
524136 SV473 Town Planning 2 units
Review of historical planning concepts. Modern approaches to town planning
including legal aspects. Pmctical considerations in subdivision design. Environmental
impact considerations.
Text As for SV213
524141 SV475 Survey Management and Planning 1 unit
Prerequisite Nil
Personnel in the survey office - private practice and public authority. Field note systems
- statutory requirements. functions, formats. Office record systems - functions and
organization. Time costing systems. Place of the computer. Surveyor's rights. powers and
duties. Professional ethics.
Project planning - preliminary assessment, environmental impact. contour and
surround surveys, geotechnical investigation, preliminary layout, submission to Council.
Final layout and engineering design. Construction and final approval.
524133 SV481 Project
Prerequisites &
Corequisites
EITHER
2 units
According to the nature of the topic
A minor research project involving a literature review and/or analytical and/or
experimental investigation.
OR
A land studies project, involving selection of a site suitable for a specified purpose,
investigation of title, zoning, site survey, environmental impact study, design for
development.
524142 SV582 Project 2 units
See Head of Department for details.
139

PART n,
Sll8JECTS OFfERED 8Y DEPARTMENTS OllTSIDE THE
FACl:LTY OF ENGINEERING
rhe subject descriptions sel out below include subjects offered by Departments outside
those comprising the Faculty of Engineering. which arc core subjCCb or commonly
taken elcctive subjects. An index to these descriptions is shown below.
It should be noted that the list of subjects whose descriptions appear below is not
exhaustive. Electives may be chosen from a number of other subjects whose descriptions
are not included. For descriptions of such subjects students should consult the relevant
Faculty Handbook. To assist students in choosing electives a list of subjects is included
after the index below showing the Department responsible for the subject and the
unit value of the subject.
Suhjec(
Chemistry I
Chemistry IS
Chemistry IIC
INDEX TO SUBJECT Dt'SCRIPTIONS
EM2A Mathematical Models
EM2B Complex Analysis
EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra
EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential ElJ.uations
EM2D Linear Algebra
EM2E Topic in Applied Mathematics
EM2F Numerical Analysis and Computing
EM2H Probability and Statistics
EM21 Applied Statistics
EM2K Topic in Pure Mathematics
EM2L Analysis in Metric Spaces
Economics I
Geography liB
Mathematics I
Mathematics IIA
Mathematics liB
Ph221 Electromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics
Philosophy I
Philosophy ID
Philosophy IE
Philosophy IF
Physics IA
Physics IB
PaKe
141
142
142
153
153
153
153
153
153
153
153
153
153
153
143
144
145
146
147
157
153
156
156
156
156
156
As pointed out above the following list is included to assist students in choosing elective
subjects from subjects offered by Departments outside the Faculty of Engineering .
The subjects are arranged in alphabetical order showing the Department responsible
for each subject and the unit value of the subject. The descriptions of these subjects
can be found in the relevant Faculty Handbook.
140
SUBJECT DEPARTMENT
UNIT
VALUE
Accounting I Commerce 4
Biology I Biological Sciences 4
Commercial Programming Commerce
Data Structures & Programming (CS) Mathematics
Economics II Economics 4
English I English 4
Geography I Geography 4
Geology I Geology 4
History I History 4
Industrial law Legal Studies 4
Industrial Relations II Economics 4
Labour Economics Economics 4
Legal Studies I Legal Studies 4
Mathematics lIC Mathematics 4
Mathematics lIlA Mathematics 8
Mathematics IlIB Mathematics 8
Organisational Behaviour Commerce 4
Physics II Physics 4
Physics iliA Physics 8
Programming & Algorithms (CS) Mathematics I
Psychology I Psychology 4
Sociology I Sociology 4
Statistics III Mathematics 8
Systems Analysis & Design Commerce 2
Theories of Organisation Commerce 4
DEPA RTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
721100 Chemistry I
Prerequisites
Hours
Examination
Content
4 units
Nil
About 3 lecture hours and 3 hours of tutorial and
laboratory classes per week.
A student may satisfy the examiners EITHER:
(i) by achieving an o v e r ~ a l l satisfactory performance in
the progressive examinations; OR
(ii) by achieving satisfactory performance in the final 3 hour
examination scheduled in the November examination
period.
Students who attempt both sets of examinations will be
credited with the higher of the two results. The laboratory
mark counts 10% towards the final grading. A pass in the
laboratory course is required in order to pass the subject.
Inorganic Chemistry (30 lectures)
Revision of basic concepts; periodic properties of the elements and their compounds;
bonding and structure.
Organic Chemistry (30 lectures)
Historical development. The shapes, structures and names of organic compounds;
reactions of common functional groups; synthesis, differentiation and structural
elucidation of organic compounds.
141
Physical Chemistry (30 lectures)
Chemical equilibria; thermodynamics; electrochemistry; chemical kinetics.
Texts
Aylward. G. H. &
Findlay, T. J. V.
Brown, T. L &
leMay, H. E.
Hart, H. &
Schuetz, R. D.
S.I. Chemical Data 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)
Chemis/r)' - The Central Science 2nd edn (Prentice-
Hall 1977)
Organic Chemistry 5th edn (Houghton Mifflin 1978)
721900 Chemistry IS 2 units
(for Civil, Computer, Electrical, Industrial & Mechanical Engineering Students)
Prerequisite.\ Nil
Hours
Examination
Content
About 2 lecture hours & 1 hour of tutorials, computa-
tional classes & student participation per week
A student may satisfy the examiners EITHER:
(i) by achieving an overall satisfactory performance in the
three I hour examinations held at the end of each term;
OR
(ii) by achieving performance in a 3 hour paper on the whole
year's work, held in the November examination period.
Students who attempt both sets of examinations will be
credited with the higher of the two results.
The course deals primarily with material and energy resources.
One term is devoted to structures. properties and behaviour of inorganic materials,
minerals and metals.
One term is devoted to chemical energetics and to chemical and physical equilibria.
One term is devoted to organic chemistry with special reference to petrochemicals,
polymers, fuels and lubricants.
In all three terms tutorials designed to support the lecture are held.
Texts
Aylward. G. H. &
Findlay, T. J. V.
Breck, W. G. et al.
Steedman, W. et al.
722400 Chemistry IIC
Prerequisite
PreparalOry Subjects
Hours
Examination
S.I. Chemical Data 2nd edn (Wiley 1974)
Chemistry: for Science and Engineering
(McGraw-Hili 1982)
Chemistry for the Applied Sciences (Pergamon 1970)
4 units
Chemistry I
Mathematics I and either Physics IA or IB
About 3 lecture hours and 3 hours tutorial and
laboratory classes per week.
The subject is examined progressively with seven
hours of examinations distributed throughout the
year.
The laboratory mark counts 20% towards the final
grading. A pass in the laboratory course is required in
order to pass the subject.
142
Content
Analytical Chemistry
Basic principles; spectroscopic procedures; separation methods.
Inorganic Chemistry
Symmetry and structure; main group metal chemistry; types of coordination complexes;
structure elucidation; transition metal chemistry.
Dynamics
Kinetics; chemical affinity; electrochemical cells.
Organic Chemistry
Aliphatic and aromatic chemistry.
Thermodynamics.
Basic laws, and applications to ideal and non-ideal systems.
TexIS
Atkins. P. W.
Cotton, F. A. &
Wilkinson, G.
OR
Pine, S. H .. Hendrickson,
J. B., Cram, D. J. &
Hammond, G. S.
Shoemaker, D. P. &
Garland, C. W.
Pecsok, R. L., Shields.
L. D., Cairns, T. &
McWilliams, I. G.
Physical Chemistry (Oxford 1978)
&lsie Inorganic Chemistry (Wiley 1976)
Organic Chemistry 4th edn (McGraw-Hili 1980)
Experiments in Phl'sical Chemis!r)' 2nd edn
(McGraw-Hili 1976) .
Modern Methods of Chemical Ana/)'sis 2nd edn
(J. Wiley & Sons (Sydney) 1976)'
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
421100 Economics I
Prerequisite:.;
Hours
Examination
Content
4 units
Nil
3 lecture hours per week and fortnightly tutorials
One 2-hour paper during mid-year examination period. a
three hour final examination and progressive assessment,
including regular quizzes.
This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles of economics. While
emphasis throughout the course is on the theoretical underpinnings of the economic
science, the concepts developed afford significant insights into contemporary problems.
The theoretical concepts developed will be used to discuss such important questions as:
Is it true that unemployment cannot be reduced without increasing inflation? What is a
"credit squeeze'"? How much does Australian tariff policy cost Australians? Is there
really an energy crisis? Can environmental degradation be eliminated? What are the
reasons for poverty in Australia? What are the major causes of poverty in the Third
World?
The first few lectures are designed to introduce the student to the nature of scientific
inquiry in economics and to some of the tools of the economist. The notion that
economics is only concerned with business decision-making will be quickly dispelled.
This is followed by a series of lectures concerning income determination for the economy
as a whole. The basic Keynesian theory is considered and is compared with the monetarist
approach. Various theories of business cycles are reviewed and the roles of monetary and
fiscal policy in stabilizing economic activity are considered. The causes and consequences
of inflation are examined.
143
Next attention will be directed to the principles of microeconomics and some of their
applications. (n microeconomics attention is focused on how the prices of products
and productive factor (including labour) are determined and how this determination is
governed by the degree of competition in the market.
The final section of the course introduces international trade theory and its Australian
applications; as well, the problems of Third World countries will be investigated.
With regard to trade theory we will look at such questions as: Why do countries
specialise in certain products? Why do countries erect trade barriers such as quotas
and tariffs? How are exchange rates determined? What institutions are responsible for
facilitating international trade? With regard to Third World countries we willlook at
such questions as: What is the meaning of development? What are the major causes of
poverty in the Third World? Are there solutions to that poverty?
Texl
Jackson, J. &
McConnell, C. R.
References
Gwartney, J. O. &
Stroup, R.
Leftwich, R. H.
Lipsey, R.
Martin, J.
Tisdell, C.
Samuelson, P. et al.
Economics: Auslralian F.dition (McGraw-Hil1
1980)
& .. Private and Public Choice (Academic
Press 1980)
The Price SI'stem and &source Allocation 7th edn
(Holt, Rinehart 1979)
Economics 5th edn (Weidenfeld & Nicholson)
The Management of the Australian Economl'
(University of Queensland Press 1979) .
Economics of Markets: An Introduction to Economics
Ana(l'sis (Wiley 1974)
3rd Australian edn (McGraw-Hill)
Notes will be distributed on topics not covered by the above texts.
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
352200 Geography liB: Physical Geography
(For B.Surv. students)
4 Wlits
Hours
Examination
Content
5 hours oflectures/ practicals/ tutorials and up to six days
of fieldwork
To be advised
A study of man's physical environment. In 1984 themes will be established round the
following specific fields of interest:
Geomorphology (Dr. R. J. Loughran) An introduction to the study of landforms,
including some basic geology, weathering, soils, mass movement, river processes and
valley formation, landforms of arid and cold climatic zones, coastal geomorphology.and
applied and climatic geomorphology.
Climatology (Dr. H. A. Bridgman. Dr. G. N. Mcintyre) An introduction to the study on
a synoptic and meso-climatic scale including radiation and heat budgets;
thermodynamics; precipitation processes; climates of the world; climatic change;
agricultural climatology; applied climatology.
Biogeography (Dr. J. C. Turner) An introduction to biogeography. Definitions and
scope of the subject will be examined and its inter-disciplinary nature emphasized. Ways
of describing and analysing the geographical ranges of organisms will be explored.
Texts
Attenborough. D.
Kellman, M. C.
Trewartha, G. T. &
Horn. L. H.
life on Earth (Fontana paperback 1981)
Plant Geography 2nd edn (Methuen paperback 1980)
An introduction to climate 5th edn
(McGraw-Hili 1980)
144
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
661100 Mathematics I
Prerequisites
Hours
Examination
COlllent
Topics AL - Algebra
AN - Real Analysis
CA - Calculus
4 units
Nil
4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week
Two 3-hour papers
SC - Statistics and Computing
Algebra (Topic AL)
Prerequisites
Hours
Contem
Part I Topics
Nil
I lecture hour & Y2 tutorial per week
to basic algebraic objects and ideas. Induction, Binomial Theorem Matrices.
Solution of systems of linear equations. Vector geometry in two and three dimensions.
Vector . basis and dimension, subs paces. Linear maps, matrix representation, rank
and nullity. Eigenvectors and eigenvalues. Determinants. Applications are illustrated
throughout the course.
Text
Anton, H.
References
Brisiey, W.
Kolman. B.
Liebeck. H.
Lipschutz, S.
Real Analysis (Topic AN)
Prerequisiles
Hours
Contenl
Elememary linear Algebra 3rd edn (Wiley 1981)
A Basis for linear Algebra (Wiley 1973)
Elementary linear Algebra (Macmillan 1977)
Algebra for Scientists and Engineers (Wiley 1971)
Linear Algebra (Schaum 1968)
Nil
I lecture hour & lh tutorial hour per week
Real Numbers. Sequences and series. Functions of one real variable. continuity.
differentiability, integrability. Power series. Taylor Series.
Text Nil
References
Apostol. T.
Spivak. M.
Stein, S. K.
Calculus (Topic CAl
Prerequisites
Hours
Calculus Vol. I 2nd edn (Blaisdell 1967)
Calculus (Benjamin 1967)
Calculus and Ana/)'Ii!' Geomelr)' 3rd edn
.(McGraw-Hili 1982) .
Nil
I lecture hour & lh tutorial hour per week
145
Callinll
Revision of differentiation and integration of polynomials and
Differentiation of rational and of implicit and parametncallydehned functIOns.
Definition and properties of logarithmic, and h.yperbolic funct.tom.
numbers. Integration by parts and by substltulton telhnt4ues. IntegratIon 01
functions. First order separable and linear dilfercntial c4Uatio?s. order Imcar
differential eljuations with constant cocfficients. Simple three-dImensIOnal geometry of
cunes and surfaces. Partial differentiation. rangenc). Complex numbers.
Texl
Stein, S. K.
Re/i'rl'nces
Avres. F.
Edwards, C. H. &
Penney. D. E.
CuleulllS al/(I Allal.l"licul (i{'olllt'trr 3rd edn (McGraw-
Hill 19X2)
Calcullls (Schaum 1974)
C alclllu., al/(I Allah-tical GI!/JIHl'lrr
(prentice-Hall 1982)
Statistics and Computing (Topic S{,)

Houn
COlllelli
Nil
I lecture hour & tutorial hour per week
Introduction to computers. Programming in PASe A L. Calculating the of
functions. Numerical integration. Descriptive statistics, mean and v.ariance: ProbabIlity.
Binomial. Normal and t distributions. StatistIcal inference: conftdence IOtervals and
hypothesis testing. .
A retjuirement is the writing of successful computer programmes to solve III
statistical and numerical analysis.
Text
Reference.,
Conte. S. D. &
de Boor. C.
Hine. J. &
Wetherill. G. B.
Hoe!. P. G.
Huntsberger. D. V. &
Billingsley. P.
Koffman. E. B.
662100 Mathematics IlA
PrerequL"ile
Hour.\"
Emmination
Content
Sta/is/iml Tahles (University 01 Newcastle)
Ell!IHentary Numerical Analysis (McGraw-Hili 1972)
A Programmed Text in Vols 1,2. 3
(Chapman & Hall 1975) .
Imroduction /0 (Wiley 1971)
Element.\' of Stali."/ical InOuena
(Allyn &. Bacon 1981)'
Prohlem So/l'illg and S/ructural Programming
in PASCAL (Addison-Wesley 1981)
Mathematics I
Each topic is examined separately
4 units
Topics B. CO and D. In exceptional circumstances and consem. C!f.the Head (?t'
Department, one other topic may be substituted for B. Add.1l10nal substttL!tlOns may be
allowed in the case of candidates who have passed the subject Mathematics liB.
146
662200 Mathematics lIB
Prerequisite
Houn
E.'(amination
Content
Mathematics I
Each topic is examined separately
Four topics chosen from A to H. where CO counts as two topics. and approved hI' the
Head of Departmem. In exceptional circumstances, and with the consent of the of
Department. one or more of the topics SP, I. K or L may be included. . .
Part II Topics
662101 Topic A - Mathematical Models
Prerequisite or Topic CO
Corequisile
Hours
Examination
Coment
I lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per fortnight
One paper
This topic is designed to introduce students to the idea of a mathematical model.
Four or five realistic situations will be treated beginning with an analysis of the
non--:nathematical origin of the problem. the formulation of the mathematical model,
solutIOn of the mathematical problem and interpretation of the theoretical results.
Text Nil
Referenc'es
Andrews, J. G. &
Clone. R. R.
Bender. E. A.
Boyce. W. E. (cd.)
Dym, C. L &
Ivey. E. S.
Haberan, R.
Kemeny. J. G. &
Snell, J. L.
Noble. B.
Smith. J. M.
Mathematical Modelling (Butterworth 1976)
An Introduction IU Mathematical Modelling (Wiley
1978)
Case Studies in Mathematical Modelling (Pitman
1981)
Principles of Mathematical Modelling
(Academic Pro 1980)
Mathematical Models (Prentice-Hall 1977)
Mathematical Model.5 in Social Sciences (Blaisdell
1963)
Applications of Undergraduate Mathematics in
Engineering (M. A.A.I Collier- Macmillan 1967)
Mathematical Ideas in Biology (Cambridge 1971)
662102 Topic B - Complex Analysis
Prerequisite or
Corequisile
Hours
Examination
Content
Topic CO
One 2-hour paper
Complex numbers. Cartesian and polar forms, geometry of the complex plane. solutions
of polynomial equations.
Complex functions. mapping theory. limits and continuity.
Differentiation, the Cauch-Riemann Theorem. Elementary functions. exponential,
logarithmic. trigonometric and hyperbolic functions.
Integration. the Cauchy-Goursat Theorem, Cauchy's integral formulae.
147
Liouville's Theorem and the Fundamental Theorem of Algebra.
Taylor and Laurent series, analytic continuation.
Residue theory, evaluation of some real integrals and the Argument Principle and
Rouche's Theorem.
Conformal mapping and applications.
TexIs
Churchill, R. V.,
Brown, J. W. &
Yerkey, R. F.
References
Grove, E. A. &
Ladas, G.
Kreysig, E.
Levinson, N. &
Redhefter, R. M.
O'Neill, P. V.
Spiegel, M. R.
Tall. D. O.
Complex Variahles and Applications
(McGraw-Hili 1974)
Introduction to Complex Variables
(Houghton Mifflin 1974)
Advanced Engineering Mathemalics (Wiley 1979)
Complex Variables (Holden-Day 1970)
Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Wadsworth
1983)
Theory and Problems of Complex Variables
(McGraw-Hill 1964)
Functions of a Complex Variable 1 and II
(Routledge and Kegan Paul 1970)
662109 Topic CO - Vector Calculus & Differential Equations
Prerequisites Nil
Hours
Examination
Content
2 lecture hours per week and I tutorial hour per week
One 3-hour paper
Differential and integral calculus of functions of several variables: partial
chain rule, Jacobians, multiple integrals, Green's, Gauss' and Stokes' theorems, gradient
divergence and curl.
Taylor's polynomial; Fourier series.
First and second order linear differential equations: general solution, initial and
boundary value problems, solution by Laplace transform. A little on Sturm-Liouville
systems if time permits.
Second order linear partial differential equations: Laplace, Wave and Diffusion
equations.
Text
Either
Kreyszig, E.
or
Greenberg, M. D.
References
Amazigo, J. G. &
Rubenfeld, L. A.
Boyce, W. E. &
Di Prima, R. C.
Advanced Engineering Mathematics 4th edn
(paperback) (Wiley 1979) (4th edn is preferable but
3rd edn will suffice)
Foundations of Applied Mathematics (Prentice-Hall
1978)
Advanced Calculus and its Applications 10
the Engineering and Physical Sciences
(Wiley 1980)
Elementary D!fferential Equations and Boundary
Value Problems (Wiley 1969)
148
Churchill, R. V. &
Brown, J. W.
Courant, R.
Edwards, C. H. &
Penney, D. E.
Greenspan, H. D. &
Benney, D. J.
O'Neill, P. V.
Powers, D. L.
Spiegel. M. R.
Spiegel, M. R.
Stein, S. K.
Stephenson, G.
Fourier Serie.\ and Boundan' Vallie
Prohlems (McGraw-Hill i978)
Differential and Integral Ca/culus Vol. II (Wiley 1968)
Cakulu.\ and Anall'lical Geometrr
Cakulus - an ImrodUCIion to Applied Malhemalics
(McGraw-Hili 1973)
Adl'anced tngineering Mathematics (Wadsworth 1983)
Boundary Value Problems (Academic 1972)
Theon' and Problems of Advanced Calculus
(Schaum 1974)
Theory and Problems of Vector Analysis
(Schaum 1959)
Calt'ulus and Anah,tical Geometrr 3rd edn
(McGraw-Hill 1982) .
An Introductiull to Partial D(rferential Equaliom for
Science Sflldems 2nd edn (Longman 1974)
An extended list of references will be available to students enrolling in the topic.
662104 Topic D - Linear Algebra
Prerequisiles
Hours
Examination
Contelll
Nil
One 2-hour paper
First semester: A brief review of some material in the algebra section of Mathematics I.
Linear maps, matrix representations. Diagonalisation, eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
Inner product spaces, orthogonalisation. Orthogonal, unitary, hermitian and normal
matrices. Difference equations. Quadratic forms. Linear programming.
Second semester: Spectral theorem. Characteristic and minimum polynomials. Cayley-
Hamilton theorem. Duality. Jordan form, Some Euclidean geometry, isometrics. Three-
dimensional rotations.
Text
Lipschutz, S.
ReferenC'es
Anton, H,
Bloom, D. M.
Brisley, W.
Nering, E. D.
Reza. F.
Rorres, C. &
Anton, H.
Linear Algebra (Schaum 1974)
Elementary linear Algebra 2nd edn (Wiley 1977)
Linear Algebra and Geometry (Cambridge Uni. Press
1979)
A Basis/or linear Algebra (Wiley 1973)
Linear Algebra and Matrix Theory (Wiley 1964)
Linear Spaces in Engineering (Ginn 1971)
Applications of Linear Algebra (Wiley 1977 or
2nd edn 1979)
662201 Topic E - Topic in Applied Mathematics
e.g. Mechanics and Potential Theory
Prerequisite or Topic CO
Corequisite
Hours
Examination
One 2-hour paper
149
Content
Summary of vector algebra. Velocity and accelerations. Kinematics of a particle.
Newton's Law of Motion. Damped and forced oscillations. Projectiles. Central forces.
Inverse square law. The energy equation. Motion of a particle system. Conservation of
linear momentum and of angular momentum. Motion with variable mass. If time
permits, three-dimensional motion and Lagrange's equations. An introduction to
potential theory will be given.
Text
References
Chorlton, F.
Goodman. L. E.
Marion, J. B.
Meirovitch, L.
Nil
Textbook of Drnamics (Van Nostrand 1963)
Dl'namics (Blackie 1963)
Ciassical Dmamics (Academic 1970)
MethodJ oj Analytical Dynamics 1970)
662202 Topic F - Numerical Analysis & Computing
Prerequisite Nil
Hours
Examination
Content
One paper
Revision and extension of Fortran programming. Sources of error in computation.
Solution of a single nonlinear equation. Interpolation and the Lagrange interpolating
polynomial. Finite differences and applications to interpolation. Numerical
tion and integration including the trapezoidal rule, Simpson's rule and Gaussian
integration formulae. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations -
Kutta and predictor<orrector methods. Numerical solution of linear systems of
algebraic equations. Applications of numerical methods to applied mathematics,
engineering and the sciences will be made throughout the course.
Texts Nil
References
Balfour, A. &
Beveridge, W. T.
Carnahan, B. et al.
Conte, S. D. &
de Boor, C.
Hartree, D. R.
Kreitzberg, C. B. &
Shneiderman, B.
Ralston, A.
Basic Numerical Analysis with Fortran (Heinemann
1973)
Applied Numerical Methods (Wiley 1969)
Elementan Numerical Analrsis 3rd edn (McGraw-
Hill 1972) .
Numerical Analysis (Oxford 1958)
The Elements of Fortran Style (Harcourt, Brace &
Jovanovich 1972)
A First Course in Numerical Analysis
1965)
662104 Topic H - Probability & Statistics
Prerequisite
Hours
Examination
Content
Nil
I lecture hour per week and 1 tutorial hour per fortnight
One paper
This topic is an introduction to the theory of probability and statistics. The lectures
will include the following topics. Probability space, basic probability theorems,
conditional probability, independence of events. Discrete and continuous random
variables, probability functions, distribution function. Expectation, mean, variance,
moment generating function. Joint distribution, covariance, correlation, independence.
Error propagation. Chebyshev inequality and the weak law of large numbers. Binomial
150
and . Poisson proba.bility distributions. Normal distribution. Classification of
expenm.ental data: Random samples, sampling distributions for mean
vanan.ce. l!lference .. hyp.othesis testing, types of error. power functions.
POint and estimatIOn. ApplicatIOn of the X
1
t. F and normal random variables
to hypothesIs test mg.
Text
Freund, J. E. &
Walpole. R. E.
Reference,,;
Allendoerfer. C. B. &
Oakley. C. O.
Feller. W.
Freund. J. E.
Gnedenko. B. V.
Hine. J. &
Wetherill, G. B.
Kolmogorov, A. N.
Lipscutz, S.
Loevc. M.
Mendenhall, W. &
Scheaffer. R. L.
Moran, P. A. P.
Mathematiml Slatistin 3rd edn
1980)
Prindples Mathematics Chapter 12
1955)
An Introduction to Probahi!iIl' Theon' and its
Application!>' Vol. I 3rd edn' (Wiley '1968)
MalhemaliC"aI.Slatistics 2nd edn 1971)
The Theory 01 Prohability Chapters 1 & II (Chelsea
1962)
A Programmed Text in Statistin Vol. 1 _
Summarising Data; Vol. 2 - Basic Theory;
Vol. 3 - The and x
2
Goodness of Fit;
Vol. 4 - Tests on Variance and Regression
(Chapman & Hall 1975)
Foundations of the Theory of Prohabilitl' (Chelsea
1950) .
Theory and Problems of Probability (Schaum 1968)
Probability Theory pp. )-18 (Van Nostrand 1960)
Mathematical Statistics with Applications (Duxbury
1973)
An Introduction 10 Probability Theory (Oxford V.P.
1968)
662301 Topic I - Applied Statistics
or
Coreqlli.\ite
Hour.\"
Examination
Comem
Topic H
One 2-hour paper
This topic is an introduction to some methods of statistics and Its apphcatlOns. The
lectures will Include the followmg tOpICS - Markov chams, regressIOn, correlatIOn.
of two or samples, analysis of variance. Wherever
appropriate. both parametric and non-parametric tests will be considered.
Text
Freund, J. E. &
Walpole. R. E.

Draper. N. R. &
Smith. H.
Kemeny, J. G. &
Snell, J. L.
Noether, G. E.
Mathematkal Statistic's 3rd edn
1980)
Applied Analysis (Wiley 1966)
Finite Markov Chains (Van Nostrand 1969)
Introduction to Statistics: A Nonparametric Approaeh
2nd edn (Houghton/Mifflin 1976)
151
662303 Topic K - Topic in Pure Mathematics
e.g. Group Theory R. F. Berghout. M. J. Hayes
Prerequisites
Huurs
Examination
Content
Nil
I lecture hour per week and I tutorial hour per rortnight
One 2-hour paper
Groups. subgroups. isomorphism. Permutation groups. groups of linear transformations
and matrices. isometrics, symmetry groups or regular polygons and polyhedra. Cosets,
Lagrange's theorem, normal subgroups, isomorphism theorems, correspondence
theorem. Orbits. stabilisers, and their applications to the Burnside-Polya counting
procedure and classification of finite groups of isometrics in or
Text Nil
References
Budden, F. J.
Coxeter, H. S. M.
Herstein, I. N.
Rotman, J. J.
Weyl, H.
The Fascination of Groups (Cambridge U.P. 1972)
Introduction to Geometry (Wiley 1961)
Topics in Algebra 2nd edn (Wiley 1975)
The Theory of Gruups: An Introductiun (Allyn &
Bacon 1966)
Srmmetry (Princeton U.P. 1952)
662304 Topic L - Analysis of Metric Spaces - J. R. Giles
Prerequisites
Hours

Content
Nil
One 2-hour paper
Examples of metric spaces and normed vector spaces. Convergence of sequences,
continuity of maps. Limit points, closed and open sets. Compactness and application to
existence of maxima, uniform continuity and integrability of continuous functions, and
continuity of inverse functions.
Completeness, contraction maps, Picard's theorem for differential equations.
Uniform convergence, differentiation and integration of sequences and series, power
series, Abel's limit theorem, Taylor series, Weierstrass approximation theorem.
Fourier series, convergence theorems, Gibb's phenomenon.
Text Nil
References
Bartle, R. G.
Dieudonne, J.
Giles, J. R.
Goldberg, R. R.
Mendelson, B.
Simmons, G. F.
White, A. J.
The elements of real analysis (Wiley 1976)
Foundations of Modern Analysis (Academic 1960)
of Metric Spaces (University of Newcastle
1974)
Methods of Real Analysis (Ginn Blaisdell 1964)
Introduction to Topology (Blackie 1963)
Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis
(McGraw-Hili 1963)
Real Analysis (Addison-Wesley 1968)
152
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS TOPICS
662105 EM2A Mathematical Models I unit
Content See Topic A.
662106 EM28 Complex Analysis 1 unit
Content See Topic B.
Complex Analysis and Linear Algebra I unit 662111 EM2BD
Content Consists of first half year's work in Topic B Complex
Analysis and Topic D Linear Algebra.
662110 EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential Equations
Cuntelll See Topic CO.
662108 EM2D Linear Algebra
Contem See Topic D.
662212 EM2E Topic in Applied Mathematics
Cuntent See Topic E.
662206 EM2F Numerical Analysis and Computing
Contem See Topic F.
662208 EM2H Probability and Statistics
Content See Topic H.
662313 EM21 AppUed Statistics
Content See Topic I.
662307 EM2K Topic in Pure Mathematics
Content See Topic K.
662308 EM2L Analysis of Metric Spaces
Content See Topic L.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
381100 Philosophy I
Prerequisites Nil
HOUT!i 3 hours per week
2 units
I unit
I unit
1 unit
t unit
1 unit
1 unit
I unit
Emmination Examination is by course work and formal examination.
For details. see descriptions below.
Content
All students take the core-strand Introduction to Philosophical Problems and two
options, one from each of Groups A and B below. Each of the three components is taught
for o.ne hour per week throughout the year, with some additional non-compulsory
tutOrials.
153
Core-strand 381111 Introduction to Philosophical Problems
Contelll
In the first half of this course, the ethical. political and metaphysical questions raised in
some of Plato's dialogues will be systematically expounded. In the second half. three
varieties of philosophical problems will be discussed: (a) some questions in epistemology,
which is the branch of philosophy concerned with such topics as knowledge, belief.
certainty. and perception; (b) problems about the relation of body and mind, and
personal identity; and (c) problems arising from the use of religious language. Evaluation:
two short essays and 2-hour examination.

Plato The La.\f Dan or Socrafe.\ (Tredennick. (ed.))
(Penguin)' .
Vesey. G. (ed.) Philo.l"Ophy in [he Open (Open V.P.)
Option Group A
Option I: 381114 Political Philosophy
An examination of Plato's early technocratic theory of scientist-kings, Machiavelli's
psychology of politics, modern pessimistic and optimistic views of human nature, concern
with community and alienation. J. S. Mill's liberalism. Thc second half discusses in some
detail Karl Marx's view of the state. law. ideology, the role of economic factors, his theory
of alienation and of classless society. Evaluation: either by a voluntary seminar paper or a
short essay and by a 2-hour examination in November.
Option 2: 381106 Moral Problems
An introductory examination of some contemporary moral problems. especially' ones
concerning the taking and preserving of human life. and a survey of such major moral
theories as divine command theory, utilitarianism, and natural law ethics. Evaluation: by
assignment and by examination.
Option 3: 381112 Psychoanalysis and Philosophy
A philosophical examination of the dynamic theory of mind proposed by Sigmund Freud.
with particular critical reference to his individualism and his social theory.
Option Group B
Option 4: 381108 Knowledge and Explanation
This is a course in how we come to know things. and how we explain them to ourselves and
others. What sorts of things do we believe in. and why? What is scientific knowledge and
why is it called knowledge? What is the difference between having an opinion on
something and knowing it? Has the advent of science, both natural and social. enhanced
or diminished our capacity to know and explain? Are there some things that science can
neither know nor explain? Evaluation: one brief assignment plus a 2-hour take home
examination.
Option 5: 381109 Philosophy of Religion
What. if anything, does religious experience teach us? Is there a God? Are religious beliefs
merely subjective or hypothetical? Is religious language essentially symbolic? Can we
reconcile the presence of evil in the world with the existence of an all-powerful. all-wise,
and perfectly good God? Is death final? How are religion and morality related?
Evaluation: short essay and 2-hour examination.
154
Option 6: 381110 Critical Reasoning
This option aims at the development of skills in analyzing. evaluating and advancing
arguments. It is not a course in formal logic, of which only minimal use is made.
Considerable emphasis is placed on arguments as they naturally occur. and on reasoning
as an everyday practice. Evaluation: exercises and class tests.
Option 7: 3811 13 Logic
There are fll'o distinct and separate courses offered for this option.
Either
(a) elementary traditional logic; an introduction to the forms of facts and the forms of
argument from consideration of the structure and method of science;
0,
(b) an introduction to modern symbolic logic.
Text,I'
Core-strand
Plato
Vesey. G. (ed.)
Option 1
Option 2
Frankena. W. K.
Option 3
Freud. S.
Option 4
Chalmers. A.
Option 5
Stewart. D.
Option 6
Shaw. P.
Option 7
Plato
Copi, I. M.

The Last Dars ofSocrales (Tredennick (ed.))
(Penguin)
Philosophy in the Open (Open U.P.)
No prescribed text. Notes will be issued.
Ethi('.\ (prentice-Hall)
IntruduclUrl' Lecture.l in P.H'choana!rsi.\
(Pelican Freud No. I)' .
P\".J'chopatholugy of Everyday Life (Pelican
Freud No.5)
Case His/(Jries I ("Dora" and "Little Hans")
(Pelican Freud No.8)
Totem and Taboo (Pelican Freud No. 13 or
Routledge)
What Is This Thing Called Science?
(Queensland V.P.)
Exploring the Philosophy of Religion
(Prentice-Hall)
Logi( and its Limits (Pan)
The Last Days Socrates (Penguin)
(Traditional Logic)
Symbolic Logic (Collier) (Symbolic Logic)
For references, see The Philosophy Manual (available from the Department of
Philosophy).
155
381200
ENGINEERING PHILOSOPHY TOPICS
Philosophy ID 1 unit
Either the core-strand of Philosophy I (as above) or one Philosophy I option.
381201 Philosophy IE 2 units
Either the first or the second half of the corc-strand of Philosophy I (as above)
pIll.\" one Philosophy I option.
381202 Philosophy IF 3 units
n,her the first or the second half of the core-strand of Philosophy I (as above)
plll.I' two Philosophy I options.
The choice of o p l i o n ~ is unrestricted.
741200 Physics IA
Prerl'quisile
Houn
Examinatilm
Contefll
DEPA RTMENT OF PHYSICS
4 units
Nil
3 lecture hours & an average of 3 hours of laboratory &
tutorial work per week
One paper after the end of each term together with
laboratory and tutorial work assessment.
For students who may wish to proceed to Physics II. and for students in the Faculty of
Engineering except Civil Engineering. some of whom may be advised to read Physics.lB.
A rigorous. mathematically based discipline with emphasis on the unifying principles
which link together different areas of the subject. Lectures will cover mechanics.
oscillations and waves. electrostatics, current electricity and electromagnetism. thermal
physics. goemetrical and physical optics, and quantum physics. The treatment
throughout will assume some knowledge of calculus.
Text.,
741300 Physics 18
Prerequisile
Houn
Examinatiun
Content
Refer to Physics Department noticeboard.
4 units
Nil
3 lecture hours and 3 hours laboratory or demonstrations
per week.
One paper after the end of each term, together with
laboratory and problem work assessment.
For students who in general do not intend to proceed with further studies in Physics.
(A credit pass or better in Physics 18 will normally be required for entry to Physics II).
The treatment will require a minimum of mathematics. The coverage of the subject will be
somewhat broader than in Physics lAo
TeXIS
Arya, A. P.
Arya. A. P. &
Goldberg, E. M.
Intruduction 10 College Physics (Macmillan 1979)
Studen/!i Stud!' Guide 10 Introduction to ColJege
Physics (Macmillan 1979)
156
742101 PH221 EJeclromagnelics and Quanlum Mechanics 2 units
Prerequisite.l
Houn
Examinatiun
COnfenr
Mathematics L Physics lAo or normally a credit pass in
18
45 lecture hours & 45 laboratory hours
3 hours
This subject is intended for students in Electrical Engineering. The content covers topics
in Electromagnetics and Quantum Physics.
Students who may later wish to continue Physics in the Science Faculty arc advised
that Science Faculty regulations require that Physics II be completed in a single year.
Texts Texts will be listed on the Physics Dept. notice board.
157

158
Section 5
COMBINED DEGREE
PROGRAMMES
159
-
'" o
-
'"
INTRODUCTION
Section [0 of the Regulations Governing Bachelor Degrees offered in the Faculty of Engineering provide for the offering of combined courses leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Engineering in any specialisation and the degree of Bachelorof Arts. BachelorofCommcrce. Bachelor of Economics. Bachelor of Bachelor
of Science, There is also provision for a combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Metallurgy and Bachelor of Admission to combined
courses will normally be allowed after the completion orthe first year of a degree and is restricted to who have obtained a minimum average standard of
credit. Only in exceptional circumstances will a student be allowed to transfer 10 a combined degn:e course after year or lalcr.
Students who are transferring to a combined course at the end of the first year should familiarise themselves with the lor both degn:es a nd pay
particular attention to the ch oice of elective subjech. Students are advised to their Student Advisor or the Faculty Secretary before attempting to enrol in a
combined course.
The following combined course programmes are arranged so as to group together the courses relating to one particular engineering
(i) Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering
The following combined courses !eading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Chemical Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of
Bachelor of Commerce. Bachelor of Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science arc to be submitted to the relevant Faculty for approval.
Year I
Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Chemical Engineering speciality and of thc following
ChEI41 Process Principles
ChEISI Industrial Chemical Processes and Equipment
ChElS2 Process I
GEISI Introduction 10 Materials Science
Mathematics I
Physics IA
Chemistry I
Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce,' Bachelor of Economics ..
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering
Year II
ChE26J Separation ChE261 Separation ChE261 Separation
Processes I Processes I Processes I
ChE271 Fuels and ChE271 Fuels and ChE271 Fueb and
Combustion Combustion Combustion
ChElSI Structures and ChE2S1 Structures and ChE2SJ Structures and
Pressure Vessel Design Pressure Vessel Design Pressure Vessel Design
ChE291 Laboratory ChE291 Laboratory ChE191 Laboratory
ChE272 Fluid Mechanics ChE272 Fluid Me<:hanics ChE272 Fluid Mechanics
ChE241 Process ChE241 Process ChE241 Process
Analysis I Analysis I Analysis I
Chemistry IIC Chemistry IIC Chemistry IIC
Mathematies liB pt. I Mathematies lIB pI. ! Mathematies liB pI. I
GE204 Engineering GEl04 Engineering GE204 Engineering
Computations I Computations I Computations I
GE20S Engineering GE20S Engineering GE20S Engineering
Computations II Computations II Computations II
Arts Subject Accounting I Economics I
Year III
ChE371 Kinetics and ChE371 Kinetics and ChE371 Kinetics and
Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics
ChE361 Separation ChE361 Separation ChE36J Separation
Processes II Processes II Processes II
ChE391 Laboratory ChE362 Solids Handling ChE362 Solids Handling
ChE362 Solids Handling & Minerals Processing & MlOerals Processing
& Minerals ChE3S4 Electrochemistry ChE3S4 Eleetrochemistry
ChE354 Ele<:trochemistry and Corrosion and Corrosion
and Corrosion ChE3S1 Equipment ChE3S1 Equipment
ChBS I Equipment

Design
ChE342 Process Analysis II Analysis II
Analysis II ChE381 Computations ChE381 Computations
ChE381 Computations ChE382 Process ChE382 Process
ChE382 Process Dynamics Dynamics
Dynamics ChE3S2 Process ChE3S2 Process
ChBS2 Process Engineering Engineering
Engineering ChE3S3 Process ChE3S3 Process
ChE3S3 Process Economics Economics
Economics I Economics II
Mathematics lIB pt. 2 Introductory Introductory
Arts subject Quantitative Methods Quantitative Methods
Mathematics lIB pI. 2 Mathematics liB pI. 2
Bachelor of Mathematics"
Bachelor of Sciencel Bachelor of Engineering
Bachelor of Eng"meering
Four courses are possible
ChE26J Separation Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIA
I

Chemistrv IIA
ChE241 Process ChE261 Separati{)n
Analysis I Processes I Processes I
GE204 EnglOeering ChE271 Fuels and ChE241
Computations I Combustion I
GE20S Engineering ChE2S1 Structures & GEl04 Engineering
Computations II Pressure Vessel I
Chemistry IIC Design GE20S Engineering
Mathematics IIA ChE291 Laboratory Computations II
Mathematics IIC ChE212 Fluid Science Subject
Mechanics Part I
ChE241 Proc<:sb
Analysis I
GE204 Engineering
Computations I
GE2QS Engineering
II
ChE2SJ Structures & ChE361 Separation ChE2S1 Structures &
Pressure Vessel Des'lgn Processes I I Pressure Vesscl
ChE271 Fuels and 2 Science Subjects - Design
Combustion Part II ChE27 I Fuels and
ChE272 Fluid Mechanics OR Combustion
ChE391 Laboratory ChE361 Separation ChE272 Fluid
ChE361 Separation II Mechanics
Processes II Science Subject - Ch E291 Laboratory
Mathematicb IlIA Part II ChE361 Scparallon
Science Subject Processes II
Part III Science Subject
Part II
OR
ChE2S I Structures &
Pres.>urc Vessel
Design
ChE27 I Fueh and
Combustion
ChE272 Fluid
Mechanics
ChE291 Laboratory
ChE361 Separation
Processes I I
Science Subject
Part III
-
'"
'"
-
'" w
Bachelor of Artsi Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Mathematics
Bachelor of Science Bachelor of Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering
Year IV
CIIE462 Environmental CIIE391 Laboratory ChE391 Uiboratory ChE371 Kinetics and ChE371 Kinetics and ChEll! Kinetics and
Control ChE462 Environmental CIIE462 Environmental Thermodynamics Thermodynamics Thermodynamics
ChE471 Industrial Control Control ChE391 Laboratory ChE391 Laboratory CIIE391 Laboratory
Safety ChE4?1 Industrial ChE471 Industrial ChE362 Solids Handling CIIE362 Solids CIIE362
ChE472 Transport Safety Safcly & Handling and Handling and
Phenomena ChE472 Transport ChE472 Transport ChE354 Electrochemistry Miner-db Minerals
ChE482 Process Control Phenomena Phenomena and Corrosion Processing
ChE483 Reaction ChE482 Process Control ChE482 Process ContrOl ChE351 Eljuipment ChE354 Electro- ChE354 Electro-
ChE483 Reaction ChE483 Reaction chemistry and chemistry and
ChE497 Design Project Engineering
3 Economics
ChE342 Process Corrosion Corrosion
2 Arts subjects 3 Bachelor of Commerce Analysis II ChE351 Eljuipment ChEJ51 EljUlpmcnt
Subjects Subjects ChE381 Computation, Design
ChE382 Ch E342 Proee" (,hE342 Process
Dynamics Analysi\ II Analysis 11
Ch E352 ChE381 Computa- ChE31:(1 Compula-
Engineering \lon, twn,
ChE353 ChE3i':2 Proce", ChE3i':2 Proce,s
Economic, Dvnamlc'
Part III ,ubject from ChEJ52 Proce" ('hE)52 Proce"
B.Math. Schedule 01 Engineering Engineering
Subject, ChE353 Pruce', Proce"
Economks Economics
Science Subject Science Subject
Part III Part [(I
YearY
CbE491 Seminar ChE497 Design Project ChE497 Design Project ChE462 Environmental ChE462 Environ- ChE462 Environ-
ChE496 Research ChE491 Seminar ChE491 Seminar Control mental Control mental Control
Project CbE496 Research ChE496 Research ChE471 Indu>mal Safety ChE471 ChE471 Indu,trial
Electives - 2 unit> Project Project ChE472 Tran,port Safety Sakty
Arts subject 2 Bachelor of Commerce 2 Bachelor of Economic, Phenomena ChE472 Transflort ChE472 Tran'l'ort
Subjects Subjects ChE482 Process Control Phenomena Phenomena
ChE483 Reaction Ch E482 Proces, ChE482 Pruces,
Engineering Control ComTol
ChE497 Design Project ChE483 Reaction ChE483 Reaction
ChE49 I Seminar Engineenng Engineering
Ch E496 Rc,earch Project ChE497 De,ign ChE497 Design
- 2 uni" Project Project
ChE491 Seminar ChE491 Seminar
ChE496 Research ('hE496 Re>earch
Project Project
2 unit:. Elective, 2 un II'
(ii) Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering
The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Civil Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelorof
Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards for approval.
Year I
Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Civil Engineering speciality and consists of the fOllowing subjects:
CE III Statics
CEI71 Engineering Surveying I
GEI12 Introduction to Engineering Design
GEISI Introduction to Materials Science
EE131 Circuit Fundamentals
MEl II Graphics and Engineering Drawing
MEI3I Dynamics
Mathematics I
Physics IA
Bachelor of Arts!
Bachelor of Commerce:'
Bachelor of Engineering
Year II
CE212 Mechanics of CE212 Mechanics of
Solids I Solids I
CE213 Mechanics of CE213 Mechanics of
Solids 11
Solids 11
CE224 Civil Engineering
Materials Materials
CE223J Engineering Geology CE223J Engineering Geology
CE231 Fluid Mechanic, I
CE231 Fluid Mechanics I
CE232 Fluid Mechanics II CE232 Fluid Mechanics II
GE204 Engineering
Chemistry IS
Computations I Mathematic,> [JA
GE205 Engineering Accounting .1
Computations II
ME223 Engineering
Chemistry IS
Technology
Mathematics llA
ME223 Engineering
Technology
Bachelor of Economics!
Bachelor of Mathematic,
Bachdor of Engineering
CE212 Mechanics of
CE212 Mcchanic, 01
Solids I
Solids I
CE213 Mechanics of
CE213 Mechanics of
Solids 11
Solids 11
Materials
Materials
CE223J Engineering Geology
CE223J Engineering Genlogy
CE2) I Auid Mechanics I
CE231 1'1Uld Mechanics I
CE232 Auid Mechanics II
CE232 Fluid Mechanic, 11
Chemistry IS
GE204 Engineering
Mathematics iJA
Computations I
Economies I
GE205 Engineering
ME223 Engineering
Computahons 11
Technology
Mathematics llA
Chemistry IS
ME223 Engineering
Technology
Bachelor of Science
CE212 Mcchanic, oj
Solid, 1
CE213 Mcchanic, 01
Solid, II
Materials
CE223J Engineering Geology
CE231 Fluid Mechanics I
CE232 Fluid Mechanic., 11
('hemi,try IS
Mathematics IIA
Science Subject Part I
-
'"
:;;
'"
Bachelor of Artsl
Year III
CE3J4 Structural
Analysis I
CE3lS Structural Design I
CE324 Soil Mechanics
CE333 Fluid Mechanics III
CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV
CE341 Water Resources
Engineering t
Engineering II
GE3S0 Seminar
Systems I
CE372 Transportation
Engineering
EE211 Energy Conversion
Arts Subject - Part I
Year IV
CE42S Earth and Rock
Engineering
CE4S2 Engineering
Construction
CE4S3 Proje.:t
Structures Elective
Departmental Elective
Arts Subject - Part II
Bachelor of Arts
Year V
Arts Subject, Part I
Arts Subject - Part II]
Bachelor of Commerce,
CE314 Structural
Analysis 1
CE3lS Structural Design I
CE324 Soil MeChanics
CE333 Auid Mechanics III
C334 Auid Mechanics IV
CE34t Water Resources
Engineering I
Engineeriog II
GE204 Engmeenng
Computations I
GE205 Engineering
Computations II
CE3S1 Civil Engineering
Systems I
CE372 Transportation
Engineering
EE2lJ Energy Conversion
Economics I
Engineering
CE452 Engineering
Construction
CE4S3 Project
Structures Elective
Introductory Quantitative
Methods
I Bachelor of Commerce
Subject
4 Bachelor of Commerce

Bachelor of Economic,,' Bachelor of Mathematic, Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Engineering BaChelor 01 Engineenng Bachelor of Engineering
(E314 Structural (,E314 Structural CE314 Structural
Analysis I Analysi, [ Analysi, I
CE315 Structural Design I CE315 Structural Design I CE3lS Structural Design I
CE324 Soil Mechanics CE324 Sol! Mechan", M E204 Engineering
CE333 Auid Mechanics III eE333 Fluid Mechanics III Computation',l
CE334 Auid Mechanics IV CE334 Fluid IV GE205 Engmeenng
CE341 Water Resources CE34t Water Re'ourccs Computations II
Engineering I Engineering I ME223 Engineering
CE342 Water Resource> CE342 Water Re,ource, Technology
Engineering II Engineering II EE21 t Energy Conversion
CE3S1 Civil Engineering GE350 Seminar 2 Science Subjects Par! 11
Systems I EE211 Energy Conversion
CE372 Transportation Mathematic, tIC
Engineering
GE204 Engineering
Computation,; I
GE20S Engineering
Computation, II
EE2ll Energy Convcrsion
Methods
CE425 Earth and Rock CE3S1 Civil Engmeering CE324 Soil Mechanic,
Enginecring System> I CE333 f-Iuid Mechanic, III
CE4S2 Engineering CE372 Transportation CE334 Fluid Mechanics IV
Construction Engineering CE341 Water Resourcc,
CE4SJ Project CE425 Earth and Rock Engineering I
Structures Elective Engineering CE342 Water Rcsource,
Departmental Elective CE452 Engineering Engineering II
Economic> II Construction Science Subject Part II
I Bachelor of Commerce Structure, Elective Science Subject Part tit
Subject Mathematic, lIlA
Bachelor of Economic,
Bachelor of MathematiC> Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering
4 Bachelor of Economic, CE453 Project GBSO Seminar
SubJec\; Part ][1 Subject from CE351 Civil Engineering
B.Math. Schedule of Sy.tem, I
Subject. CE3n Transportlltion
Departmental Elective Engineering
Engineering
CE452 Engineering
Con.truction
CE453 Project
Structure> Elective
-
'"
'"
-
'"
-'
(iii) Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering
The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Industrial Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of
Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.
Year I
Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Computer Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:
CEil I Statics
GEl 12 Introduction to Engineering Design
MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing
ME131 Dynamics
Mathematics I
Physics IA
Chemistry IS
Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Commerce ..
Year II
EElII Energy Conversion
EEl21 Semi_Conductor Devices
EE211 Energy Conven,ion
EE221 Semi_Conductor Devices
EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits
EE262 Systematic Programming
EE264 Introduction to Computer
EE262 Systemati,c Programming
EE264 Introduct!on to Computer
Architecture & Assembly Architecture & Assembly
Language Language
PH221 Electromagnetics and PH221 E1Cl::tromagnetics and
Quantum MCl::hanics Quantum Mechanic,
Mathematics lIA Mathematics liB Part I
Arts Subject - Part I Economics I
Accounting I
Bachelor of Art,; Bachelor of Commerce.'
Ye.r III
EE263 Introduction to MathematICs JIB Part II
of Information EE26) to
EE323 Linear Electronics I Structuring of Information
EE324 Linear Electronics [I EE323 LlOear ElectroOlcs I
EE326 Digital Design EE324 Linear Electronic, II
and Technology EE326 Digital Design
EE333 Advanced Circuit and Technology
Analysis EE333 Circuit
GE360 Automatic Control Analy,i,
EE344 Communications GE360 Automatic Control
EE345 Signal EE344 Communications
Processmg EE345 Digital Signal
Arts Subject - Part 11
Arts Subject - Part I OR II
Processing
Methods
Subject
Ye.r IV
GE325 Microprocessor Systems EE362 Theory and
and Logic Design
EE362 Switching Theory and 3 units from List I
Logic Design GEnS Microprocessor Systemh
Arts SubjCl::t _ Pari 111 GE325 Microprocessor Systems
Arts SubjCl::t Part II or III and Applications
Bachelor of Bachelor of .. Bachelor of Science
EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Encrgy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion
EE22! Semi-Conductor EE221 Semi-Conductor EE221 SemI-Conductor DevIces
EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits EE232 Electrical Circuits
EE262 Systematic Programming EE262 Systematic Prngramming EE262 Programming
EE264 Introduction to Computer EE264 Introduction to Computer EE264 Introduction to Computer
Architecture & Assembly Architecture & Architecture & Assembly
Language Language Language
PH221 Electromagnetics and PH221 Electromagnctics and PH221 ElectromagnetIc' and
Quantum MechaniC!> Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanic,
Mathematics liB Part I Mathcmatics IlA Mathematics IIA
Economics I MathematiCi> IIC Science Subject Part I
Introductory
Quantitative Methods
of Bachelor of Bachelor of Sciencc
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachel"r of Engineering
Mathematic, liB Pan II Mathematic, lilA EE263 Introduction tn
EE263 Introductiun to Part III Subject frum a.Math, Structur'lOg of Informalu)fl
Structuring of Information Schedulc of Subject, EE323 LlOear Electrunic, r
EE323 Linear Electronics I EE324 Linear Electronic, [I
EE324 Linear Electronic, II EE326 Dcgital Design
EE326 Digital De'lgn and Technology
and Technology EE333 Advanced Circuit
EE333 Advanced Circuit
AnaIY'I'
Analysis G E360 Automatic Cuntrul
GE360 Automatic Control EE.l44 Cummunication,
EE344 Communication, E345 DigItal Signal
E345 Digital Signal Proce"ing
Proce"ing
Economics II
2 Science Suhject, Part II
I Bachelor of Economic,

EE362 Theory and EE263 Introduction to GE325 MicwproccIor
Logic Design Structuring of Information and Application,
3 unItS from List I EE323 Linear Electronics I E362 Switching Theory and
GEnS Microprocessor Systems EE324 Linear II Logic Design
GE325 Microprocessor Sy,tem, EE326 Digital Design Science Subject Pari [I
and Applications and Technology Science Subject Part III
3 Bachelor of Economic, EE333 Advanced Circuit
Analysis
GE360 Automatic Control
EE344 Communications
EE34S Digital Signal
Processing
EE362 Switching Theory and
Logic Design
GE32S MIcroprocessor Systems
and Applications
4 units of Electives
-
'"
'"
:;;
'"
Bacllelor of Arts/ Bacllelor of Commerce/ Bacllelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics! Bachelor of Science'
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering
Ye.rV
EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A EE421 Electronic Design A
EE422 Electromc DesIgn B EE422 Electronic Design B EE422 Electromc Design B EE422 Electromc DesIgn B EE422 Electronic Design B
EE426 Advanced Digital EE426 Advanced Digital EE426 Advanced DIgItal EE426 Advanced Digital EE426 Advanccd Digital
Systems Systems Systems Systems Systems
EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Computer Operating EE463 Cnmputer Operating
Systems Systems Systems Systems
EE464 Compiler Construction EE464 Compiler Construct'lon EE464 Compiler Construction EE464 Compilcr Construction EE464 Compiler Construction
EE4g0 Projeet EE480 Project EE480 Project EE480 Project EE480 Project
EE481 Project OR 2 EE300/ EE481 Project OR 2 EE3OO/ EE481 Project OR 2 EE300: EE481 Project OR 2 EE300 EE481 Project OR 2 EE300 ..
400/500 Units 400/500 Units 400/500 Units 400/500 Units 400/500 Units
EE491 Seminar EE491 Seminar EE49 I Seminar EE491 Seminar EE491 Seminar
4 units from list I I unit from list I I unit from list I 4 units from List I 4 units from List I
I unit of Elective I Bacllelor of Commerce I Bachelor of Economics I unit of Elective I unit of Elective
Subject Subject
----
(iv) Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering
The following combined courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Electrical Engineeringand the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor
of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics, Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.
Veltri
Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Electrical Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:
CElli Statics
GEl12 Introduction to Engineering Design
MEI.II Graphics and Engineering Drawing
ME131 Dynamics
Mathematics I
Physics IA
Chemistry IS
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce
Yearll
EE21! Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion
EE22! Semi-Conductor EElll Semi_Conductor
Devices Devices
EE262 Systematic EE262 Systematic
Programming Programming
EE264 Introduction to EE264 Introduction to
Computer Architecture & Computer Architecture &
Asscmbly Language Assembly Language
PH221 Electromagnetics PH221 Electromagnetics
and Quantum and Quantum
Mechanics Mechanics
Mathematics IJA Mathematics liB Part I
Arts Subject - Part I Economics I
Accounting [
Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Mathematics
BaChelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering
EE211 Energy Conversion EE211 Energy Conversion
EE221 Semi-Conductor EE221 Semi-Conductor
Devices Devices
EE262 Systematic EE262 Systematic
Programming Programming
EE264 IntrodUCtion to EE264 Introduction to
Computer ArChitecture &
Assembly Language
PH221 EleClTomagnetics
Computer Architecture &
Assembly Language,
PH221 Electrornagneucs
and Quantum and Quantum
Mechanics Mechanics
Mathematics liB Part I Mathematics IIA
Economics I Mathematics 11 C
Introductory
QuantitattllC Methods
Bachelor of Science
EE21 I Energy Conversion
EE221 Semi-Conductor
Devices
EE232 Electrical Circuits
EE262 Systematic
ProgrammlOg
EE264 Introduction to
Computer Architecture &
A.ssembly Language,
PH221
and Quantum
Mechanics
Mathematics IIA
Science Subject -- Part [
-

o
-

Bachelor of Arts!
Year III
EE313 Power Systems
EE314 Electrical Machines
EE3lS Power Electronics
EE323 Linear Electronics I
EE324 Linear Electronics II
EE326 Digital Design
and Technology
Analysis
EEJ44 Communications
Am SUbject - Part I or [I
Year IV
I unit of Elective
EE362 Switching Theory
and l.ogic Design
Arts SUbject - Part III
Arts Subject - Part II or III
Bachelor of Arts/
Year V
EE42[ Electronics
Design A
EE4.5 [ E[ectromagnetic
Propagation & Antennas
EE480 Project
EE48 [ Project or 2 units
from EE300/400 subjects
EE491 Seminar
7 units from EE300/400
subjects
Bachelor of Commerce
Mathematics JIB Pari II
EE32) Linear Electronics I
EE324 Linear Electronic!> II
EE326 Digital De;ign
and Technology
EE333 Advanced Circuil
Analysis
GE360 Automatic Conlrol
EE362 Switching Theory
and Logic Design
Methods
I Bache[or of Commerce
Subject
EE313 Power Systems
EE314 Elc.:uical Machines
EE3[.5 Power E[ectronics
6 units from EEJOO,400
Subjects
2 Bache[or of Commerce
Subjects
EE421 Electronics
Design A
EE451 Electromagnetic
Propagation & Antennas
EE480 Project
EE481 Project or 2
from EE300,400 subjects
EE491 Seminar
[ unit from EE300/400
subjects
2 Bache[or of Commerce
subjects
Bachelor of Economics Bachelor of Mathematic, Bachelor of Science
Mathematic, liB Part II Mathematic, lilA EEJI) Power SV'lcm,
EE323 linear Electroni" I Part [I[ Subject from EE314 Electricai Machine'
EE324 linear Electronic, II B.Malh. Schedule of EE315 Power Electronic,
EE326 Digital Design EEJl) Linear Electronic. I
and Technology EE324 Lincar Elcctronic, II
EEJ33 Advanccd Circuil EE326 Digilal Design
Analysis and Technology
GE360 Automalic Conlrol EE333 Advanced Circuil
EE344 Communication,
EE362 Swi,tChing, Theory GE360 AutomatIC Control
and LogiC Design EE344 Communication,
Economics [I 2 Science Pari II
I Bachelor of Economics
Subject
EE313 Power Systems EE313 Power I unit of Elective
EE314 Electrical Machines EEJI4 E1eclrical Machine, EE362 Swi.tching, Thcory
EE31.5 Power E[ectronics EE3lS Power Electronics and l.oglc DeSign
6 units from EE300,.400 EE323 Linear Electronic, I Sciencc SUbject Part II
Subjccts EE324 Linear Electronic, II Science Subject Part III
2 Bachelor of EE326 Digita[ Design
Subjects and Technology
Analysis
GEJ60 Automatic Control
EE362 Swilching Theory
and l.ogic De,ign
I unit of ElectIVe
4 units of Elective
Bache[or of Economics, Bachelor of Mathcmatics Bache[or of Scicnce
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Eogineering Bachelor of Enginecring
EE42 I Electronics EE421 Electronic, EE42J ElectrOnic,
Design A Design A Design A
EE4.51 E[ectromagnetic EE4S1 Electromagnetic EE4.5[ E[ectromagnetic
Propagation & Antennas Propagation & Antennas Propagation & Antenna,
E480 Project EE480 Project EE480 Project
EE481 Project or 2 units EE481 Project or 2 unih EE48] Project or 2 units
from EE300,400 subjects from EE300,.400 subjech from EE300,:400 subject,
EE491 Seminar EE49 [ Seminar EE491 Seminar
[ unit from EE300,..400 7 units from EE300,400 7 units from EE300,400
su6ject5
2 Bachelor of Economics
subjects subjects
subjects
...,
'"
-
...,
w
(v) Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering
The following combined courses leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering in the of Industrial Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of Bachelor
of Commerce. Bachelor of Economics. Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science are to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.
Year I
Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Industrial Engineering and consist of the following
CElli Statics
GEl51 Introduction to Materials Science
GEl12 Introduction to Engineering Design
MElli Graphics and Engineering Drawing
MEI3l Dynamics
ME223 Engineering Technology
Mathematics I
Physics IA
Chemistry IS
Bachelor of Arts
Year II
EEI3I Circuit
Fundamentab
ME20! Experimental
Methods I
ME202 Dynamic, of
Engineering Systems
ME20J Experimental
Methods II
ME214 Mechanics of Solids I
ME241 Propertie, of
Materials I
ME2S1 Fluid Mechanics
ME27! Thermodynamics I
Mathematics I1A
Arts Subject - Part!
Bachelor of
YearJII
EE211 Energy
GE204 Engmeering
Computations I
GE20S Engineering
Computations II
M E212 Engineering
De.ign [
M E232 Dynamics of
Machines [
M E343 Mechanics of
Solids 11
Arts Subject Part [
Arts Subject -- Part II
Year IV
ME312 Engineering
Design II
ME333 Dynamics of
Machines II
ME381 Method,

ME383 Quality
Engineering
M E482 Engmeering
Economics I
Arts Subject - Part III
Arts Subject Part [lor III
EEI3I Circuit
Fundamentab
ME202 Dynamics of
Engineering S},tem,
ME214 Mechamc, of Solid, I
M E241 Propertie, of
Materiab I
Mathematics ][A
Accounting I
Economies I
ME201 Experimelllal
Method. I
MEW3
Methods II
ME212 Engineering
Design [
ME232 Dynamic. of
Machines I
ME25! Fluid Mechan',cs I
ME271 Thermodynamics I
Methods
Subjects
EE21 I Energ} Convcr.ion
GE204 Engineering
Computations.)
GE205 Engmeenng
Computations II
ME312 Engineering
Design []
ME333 Dynamic, of
Machines II
ME343 Mechanic- 01
Solids II
ME38! Methods
Engineering
MEJ83 Quality
Engineering
ME413 Engineering
Design 111
ME483 Production
Scheduling
ME485 Control
and Computer Aided
Manufacturing
ME487 O.R. - Fundamental
Technique.
ME4880.R. Planning.
Inventory Control
and Management
Subject
Bachelor of Economic-
Bachelor of Eng'lIlcenng
EEI3I CirCUli
Fundamental,
ME202 Dynamic, of
Engineering Sy,tcm,
ME2I4 Mechanic- of Solid,)
ME241 Propenie' of
Materiab [
Mathematie'IIA
Introductor)' Quantitati\e
Method,
Economic, [
Bachelor of Eeonomi<.:'
Bachelor of Engincering
ME201 Experimental
Methud. I
ME203 Experimemal
Methods II
M E212 Engineering
Des1gn I
ME232 Dynamic. oj
Machine, [
ME251 Flu',d Mechanic, I
ME271 Thermodynamic, I
Economic. II
2 Bachelor oj Economic,
SUbject>
EE21! Energ)' Conver-ion
GE204 Engineering
Computation. I
GE205 Engineering
Computations II
ME3!2 Engineering
Design II
ME333 Dynam1C> or
Machines II
ME343 Mechanics 01
Solids II
GEJ60 Automatic Control
Methods
Engineering
ME3B Quality
Engineering
M E41 J Engineering
Design III
ME48J Production
Scheduling
ME485 Numerical Control
and Computer Aided
Manufacturing
ME4870.R. Fundamental
Technique,
ME4880.R. Planning.
[nventory Control
and Management
Subject
Bachelor of Math"mallc,
Bachelor of En!:,nccr"lng
EEI31 CirCUit
F-undamental,
ME20) .. l
Method, I
ME202 Dynamic, oj
Engineering Sy,tem.,
ME203 Experiment .. l
Method, II
ME214 Mechanic, of Solid, I
ME241 Propertic, or
Materiab [
ME251 F1uid !'>o1cchani" I
ME27 I Thermodynamic. I
IIA'
Mathematic,IIC
Bachelor of Mathematic,
Bachelor 01 Englneenng
EE211 Energy Convcr,ion
GE204 Engineering
Computation, )
GE205 Englneerin!:
ComputatHlI1, [I
M E212 EnglllcefLng
I
ME2.l2 Dynamic, of
I
MEJ43 Mechanic, of
Solid, II
AU\<lm .. uc Control
MathematiC' lilA
M E312 Eng',necr"lng
Design II
ME333 Dynamic- 01
Machines II
ME3!o:I Method,
Engineerin/l
ME3!o:3 Quallt}"
Engineering
ME4H2 Engineering
Economics)
ME48J Production
Scheduling
Part III Subject from B.Math
Schedule 'lf Subject'
&",:hclo, 0'
Bachelo, of En!:inccnnl,l
EEUI Cir<.:uit
Fundamental,
ME201
Melhod, I
ME202 Dvnamie- ,,1
Enginee'nng Sy,tcm,
ME20) Expcrimcmal
Method'il
ME214 MC<.:haniC\ oj" So[i(], I
M E241 Pmpenil" "r
Material.- I
ME251 Auid Mechanic-)
M E271 Thermodvnamlc, I
Mathematic- liB'
Science Subjc<.:t I'ar!)
Bachelur 01 Science
Bachelor ul Enginecnng
EE211 fnerg} Convl'r,ion
GE204 Engineering
("omputat",n, I
GE205 Engineering
ComputatLon, [I
M E212 Engincering
De"gn)
Dynami<.:, 01
Machine, [
ME343 Mechanic" 01
Solid, II
GEJ60 Automatic Cuntrol
2 Science Suhjcl1' Pan II
ME312 F.ngineering
Dc,ign II
Dynamic- oj
Machine> II
MEJ!':I Method,
Engineering
MB!':J Qualit}
Engineering
ME482 Engineering
I
Subject Par! II
SCience SubJcct Part III
-
"
...
"

Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Commerce .. Bachelor of Economic, Bachelor of Mathematic, Bachclor of Science
Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering Bachclor of Engineering Bachelor of Engineering
Year V
ME413 Engineering M E496 Project Seminar ME496 Project, Seminar M E41 J Engineering ME413 Engineering
Design III 3 units Departmental 3 units Departmental Design 111 Design III
ME48J Production Technical Electives Technical Elective, ME484 Engineering ME483 Production
Scheduling 2 Bachelor of Commerce 2 Bachelor of Economic, Economic> [I Scheduling
M E484 Engineering Subject' Subjects ME41\5 l'>umerica! Control ME4X4 Engineering
Economics II and Computer Aided Economics II
ME485 Numerical Control Manufacturing ME485 Numerical C<)fltro!
and Computer Aided ME4870.R - Fundamental and Computer Aided
Manufacturing Techniques Manufacturing
ME487 O.R. - Fundamental ME4880.R. Planning. ME4870,R. Fundamental
Techniques
Inventory Control "rcchniquc'
M E488 O. R. - Planning. and Management ME48S O.R. Planning.
Inventory Control
ME496 Project Seminar Inventory Control
and Management GE301 Technology & and Management
ME496 Project/Seminar Hliman Vallie, I ME496 Project, Seminar
GE301 Technology & :5 Departmental GE301 &
Human Values I Technical Electlw, Human Values I
S units Departmental
5 unit, Departmental
Technical Electives I echnlcal EleCll\c,
(vi) Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering
The following combined courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in the speciality of Mechanical Engineering and the degree of Bachelor of
Bachelor of Commerce. Bachelor of Economics. Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of Science arc to be submitted to the relevant Faculty Boards.
Year I
Year I is similar for all combined courses involving the Mechanical Engineering speciality and consists of the following subjects:
CE III Statics
GEISI Introduction to Materials Science
GE 112 Introduction to Engineering Design
MEIJI Dynamics
MEllI Graphics and Engineering Drawing
ME223 Engineering Technology
Mathematics I
Physics IA
Chemistry IS
Bachelor of Art>
Bachelor of Engineenng
Year II
EEIJI Circuit
Fundamentals
ME201 Experimental
Methods I
ME202 Dynamic, of
Engineering System,
M E203 Experimental
Methods II
ME214 Mechanics of
Solids I
ME241 Properties of
Materials [
ME2S1 Fluid Mechanics I
ME271 Thermodynamic>
Mathematics IIA
Arts Subject - Part I
Bachejor of Engineering
EEI31 Circuit
Fundamentals
ME202 Dynamics of
Engineering System,
GE204 Engineering
Computations I
GE20S Engineering
Computations II
ME214 Mechanics 01
Solids I
ME241 Properties of
Materials I
Mathematics IIA
Accounting I
Economics I
Bachelor 01 Economics
EEI31 Circuit
Fundamental,
ME202 Dynamics of
Engineering System.
GE204 Engineering
Complltations I
GE20S Engineering
Computation, II
ME214 Mechanics of
Solid, I
ME241 Properties of
Materials I
Mathematics IIA
lntroductorv Quantitative
Method> .
Economics I
Bachejor of Mathematic,
EEUI Circuit
Fundamental>
ME201 Experimental
Methods J
ME202 Dynam", of
Engineering Sy_,tems
ME203 Experimental
Method, II
M E214 Mechanic> of
Solid, I
M E241 of
Matenal, I
ME251 Fluid Mechanic, I
MEn J Thermodvnamic, [
Mathematics lIA'
Mathematic; IIC
Bachclor "j Scicnce
Bachelor oj Engincerlng
EE 131 Circuit
Fundamental,
ME201 Experimental
Method, I
MEW2 Dvnamics 0]
Enginec'ring Sy'tem,
MEW3 Experimental
Methods II
ME214 Mechamc' oj
Solid, [
M E241 Pmpcrtie, oj
Mall:rial, I
ME251 Fluid MechaniC, I
MEnl Thermodvnamic> I
Mathematic, IIA'
Science Subject Part I

"
-

of Am
Year III
GE204 Engineering
Computations I
GE20S Engineering
Computations II
M E212 Engineering
Design I
M E232 Dynamics of
Machines I
M E342 Properties of
Materials II
M E343 Mechanic> of
Solids II
Arts Subject - Part I or []
Arts Subject -- Part II
Year IV
M E302 Experimental
Methods III
ME352 Fluid Mechanics II
ME372 Heat Transfer
ME373 Thermodynamics II
Arts Subject - Part III
Arts Subject Part II or III
GE30! TeChnology & Human
Values I
Bachelor of Arts
Year V
ME312 Engineering
Design II
ME413 Engineering
Design III
ME333 DYTliImics of
Machines II
and Computer Aided
Manufacturing
ME496 Project/Seminar
9 units Departmental
Technical Elective,
M E20 I Experimental
Methods I
ME203 Experimental
II
ME212 Engineering
Design I
ME232 Dynamics of
Machines I
M E251 Fluid Mechanics I
M E271 Thermodynamics I
Methods
2 Bachelor of Commcrce
Subjects
ME302 Experimental
Methods III
ME312 Engineering
Design 11
M E333 Dynamics of
Machine, II
Materials II
ME343 Mechanics of
Solids \I
ME352 Fluid Mechanics II
ME372 Heat Transfer
ME373 Thermodynamic. II
Subject,
Bachelor of Enginecring
ME413 Engineering
Design III
and Computer Aided
Manufacturing
M E496 Project I Seminar
S units Departmental
Technical Electives
J Bachelor of Commerce
Subject
Bachelor of
ME201 Experimental
I
ME203 Experimental
Methods 11
M 212 Engineering
Design I
M 232 DynamiCs of
Machines I
ME2S1 Fluid Mechanic, I
ME271 Thermodynamics I
Economics II
2 Bachelor of Economics
Subjects
ME302 Experimental
Method, III
M E312 Engineering
Design I[
ME333 Dynamic> of
Machines [I
M E342 of
Materials II
ME343 Mechanic, of
Solids II
M E352 Fluid Mechanic> II
ME372 Heat Transfer
ME37J Thermodynamics [I
2 Bachelor of Economic>
SUbject>
Bachelor oj Economic.
ME41J EnSinecnng
De_isn III
ME48S Numerical Contwl
and Computer A,\Jed
Manufactunng
M E496 Project,' Seminar
5 units Departmental
Technical Elective,
I Bachelor of Economic,
Subject
Bachelor of Mathematics
E211 Energy Conver,ion
GE204 Engineering
Computauons I
GE20S Engineering
Computauons ,II
ME212 Engineering
Design I
ME232 Dynamics 01
Machine' I
ME342 Properties of
Materials II
ME343 Mechanics of
Solids II
GE360 AutomaUc Control
Mathematics iliA
GEJ50 Seminar
ME302 Experimental
Method, III
M E312 Engineering
Design II
ME333 Dvnamic> of
Machinc' II
ME352 Fluid Mechanic_ ][
ME372 Heat Transfer
MEJ73 Thermodynamics II
Part III Subject from
B.Math. Schedule of

GE301 Technology & Human
Values I
oj
.,1 Engineering
ME41J EnsinceTing
De_iSn III
ME4l!5 Numerical Control
and Computer Aide\J
Manufacturing
ME496 ProJect' Seminar
9 unit, Departmcntal
Technical Ekctive_
Bachelor (If ScIence
Bachelor of Engineenng
EE211 Energy
GE204 Engineenng
Computations, I
GE205 Eng"lneenng
Computation, II
ME212 Engineering
Design I
ME232 Dynamic, of
Machines I
Materials II
ME343 Mechanics of
Solid, II
2 Science Subject> Part ][
ME302 Experimental
Method_ III
ME352 Fluid Mechanic, II
ME372 Heat Transfer
ME37J ThermodynamiC' [I
Science Subject Part II
Science Subject Par! []I
GE301 Technology & Human
Value, I
.,J
or Engmecrlllg
MEJ12 Engineering
Design IJ
ME41J Engineering
De,ign III
ME3D Oynami"" oj
Machine, [I
ME4!\5 Numerical Controi
and Computer Aided
Manulactunng
ME496 Project: Seminar
9 unit, Departmental
Technical Elective,

'"

-
(vii) Bachelor of Metallurgy
The following combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Mathematb and Bachelor (It Metallurgy has been submitted 10 the rclevant f-aculty Boards for
j approval.
Yeu I
Mathematics I
Chemistry I
PhY5ics IA
ChEl41 Industrial

CIIEI51 Industrial Chemical
Processes and E,,!uipmenl
ChElS2 Industrial Process
Design 1
GEISI Introduction 10
Materials Science
Ynrll
Mathematics IIA
Mathematics lie
GE204 Engineering
Computations I
GE20S Engineering
Computations I [
Met214 Theory or
Metallurgical Procc_ws 1
MCI261 Extraction
Metallurgy
Met24 I Microplaslicity
Me!271 Fabrication
Metallurgy
Atomic and
Electronic Structure
Met2S1 Metallography
Year III
Mathematic. lilA
Mel301 Communicali,m Skill,
ChE353 Prucc" Econ('min
Mel3J4 Theory of Mctallurglcal
Processes II
Met355 Physical Metallurg}
Met375 Indumial Metallurgy
Z
C

OJ
m
JJ
(J)
(J)
C
OJ
c...
m
(')
-l
(')
0

"'U
C
-l
m
JJ
Yur IV
ParI III Subject from
B.Math. Schedule "I
Subjecl'
2 unit. from Met30()
Subjects
Met)9J I'hy,ical
l.aborat"n
OR .
Met392 Chemical Mctallurg)
I.aborator"
2 unil' "f Elceti,c
(J)
CD
()
=-
0
::J
0>
Ytar V
MCI401 Dircctcd Rc .. ding
Met402 Seminar
MCl491 l.ab<>ratur> I'rnICC\
H Unit. from Mc\400
Subject,
Subject Computer Numbers for Engineering Courses
The following subject computer numbers are presented as an aid in the completion of
enrolment and variation of programme forms. They are set out in the following eourse
order.
(i) B.E. and B.Sc. (Eng.) in Chemical Engineering including
RE. with Process Metallurgy Option........................... 180
(ii) B.E. in Civil Engineering.......................................... un
(iii) RE. in Electrical and Computer Engineering.. ...................... 182
(iv) RE. in Mechanical and Industrial Engineering .................... 184
(v) B.Me!. and B.Sc. (Me!.)........................................... 186
(\"i) B.Surv........................................................... 187
(vii) M.Eng.Sc ....................................................... , 188
(i) D.E. and B.Sc. (Eng.) in Chemical Engineering including
Process Metallurgy Option
fomputl'r Computer NAMES OF
Sl'8JECT NAME Number
First Year Subjects
511 IUH ChEI41 Indu'lrlal Proee"
511109 ChEI51 Indu'lflal Pn>ce"e,
and Equipment
511110 ("hE152 Indu,trial J) .. ,ign I
501102 GEISI Introduction I" Maleri,,'- .. e
('{'IIOO Mathematil" I
7111U0 I
741200 IA
Second Year Subjects
512224 ChE241 I'roce" I
512225 ("h[251 Strlllture, and Pre"url' Ve,,,,1
IX"gn
51222fl ("hE261 Separation I'ruce,,'" I
512227 ChE271 Fuel- and Combu,t"'n
5122211 Ch E272 Fluid Mechanic,
512229 Chf291 t.aboratt>rl
GE204 Engineering CompU1ation, I
501104 GE205 Engineering ('omputation, II
I 1 22fl I Met261
722400 Chemi,try IJ(,
662110 EM2CO Vector Calculu, and D.irfcrenlial
Equation,
662111 fM2BD ('omplex AnaIY'i, and Linear
Algcbra
5131()9 ChEJ42 Pmc .. " Analy,i, II
513226 ChE351 Equipment DeSIgn
51.l227 ("hU52 Pr"ce" Engineering
S132211 ChE3S3 Prnce" EconomIC'
Third Year Subjects
SI3229 ChE3S4 Electrochemi,tn' and ('urro,ion
5U2J0 ChE361 Separation II
SI.'131 ChEJ62 Snlid, Handling and Minera"
Prncessing
5132J2 ChE371 Kinctb and Thermodynamin
513233 ChEJ72 Fuel Technology I
5132J4 ChE.173 Furnace Heat
513235 (,hE3!!1 ('omputat'ons
51.l2.'7 ('hE3K2 Proce" Dynamics
5U236 ("hE391 laboratory
113395 Met314 Theory of Metallurgical
II
II JJ92 Met392 Chemical Metallurgy l.aboralOr)
IIJJ67 Met392S Furnace Heat Balance
(omputu
Number SI'BU:CT !'I.:AMt:
Computer

Fourth Year Subjects
SI414fl Ch441 Spcclal IOPll' I unll
514147 ("hf442 Special hlpi.. 2 unih
5141411 ChE44.1 Special r"p'c .1 Ulllt,
514125 (,hE452 I'roc .." halu:ttioll and
OptiLllllaliun
514126 ("h[462 Emlronmenlal ('ontr,,1
514[27 ChE471 Indu,trial
5141211 ('h[472 Tramp,lft Phenumena
514129 ChE473 Radialll Heal Tran,fer
514]JO ("hE474 Selected rOp'l" in Heat and
Ma" rran,lcr
5141.11 ChE47S ('umhu,don
514U2 (,hE476 Fluid and Paniek Me"'hanil-"
SI4133 ('hE4111 Ad,anced C,'mpotatio",
514134 ('hE4112 rnl(e,s C<lnlml
5141.15 ChE41U Reaction Engmeering
514136 (,hE4114 Reaction Engineering.
5141J7 ChE4115 Ad'anced Pruce" Control
SI413H ('hE490 De,ign PmjeCl
514139 ChE491 Seminar
514140 ChE492 Rnearch Proj"ct
514143 (,hE493 Design Pmjcct
51414[ ("hE494 laboralory Project
514142 Ch[495 De,ign Project
514144 ChE496 Rc,earch
514145 ('hE497 Design Pmject
114414 Mct414 Theory ,If Metallurgical
Proce"e. III
Industrial Experience Units
SIII04 ChEOO2 Indu,trial
51 I 105 ('hEOO3 [ndumial Experience
511106 ('hE004 Indu,trial Experience
511107 (,hE005 Industrial Experience
01:
COMPONENTS
(ii) D.E. in Civil Engineering
First Year Subjects
52110[ CElli Statics
521104 (,f171 Engineering SUf\eying [
531203 EEIJI (,ircoit Fundamentals
501101 GEI121ntroduction to Engineering
Design
501102 GEISI Introduction 10 Materials Science
541104 MElli Graphics and Engineering
Drawing
S41103 MEI31 Dynamics
741200 Physics IA
741300 Ph}'sic$ IB
721900 Chemistry IS
522102 ('E212 Mechanics of Solids 1
5221 II CE21J Mechanics of Solids II
522112 CE224 Civil Engineering Materia[s
732900 ('E223J Engineering Geology
522202 (,E231 Fluid Mechanics [
522204 CE232 Fluid Mechanics II
532106 EE211 Energy Conversion
501103 GE204 Engineering Computations I
501104 GE205 Engineering Computations II
5422()9 ME223 Engineering Technology
662110 EM2CO Vector Calculus and Differential
Equations
181
('ompUltr Compuler NAMES OF
Number Sl'BJECT NAME Number ('OMPON}:NTS
Third Year Subjects
5BItl'J CEJI4 SlrUClural Analy", I
SDIIU ("EJI5 Struclural Dc,ign [
52.1 lU2 CEJ24 Suil
52)300 CF:3.1J Flu!'.J Mechanic, III
52JJ07 CFJJ4 Fluul IV
5233tl'J CE341 WaIN R<',uurcc, Engineering 1
5233011 CEJ42 Water Rc,uurce, Engineering II
5D202 GD5U Seminar
52.1IU7 CBSI ("i,il Fngincermg Syslem, [
521I()H CD72 Irdn,purtat"llln Engineering
524001
524002
524003
524004
524052
524OS4
524055
524056
524057
5240511
524403
524034
524035
524036
524064
524062
524102
524404
52405()
524045
524046
524047
S2404X
524049
("E41O C"minua
CE411 Pla,tic Framc Dc'ign
CE412 '[hin Walled Structure,
CE41.l Ma'"n''' and Timber [)e,ign
CF414 and [)e"gn ul Plalc,
and Shelh
(,[415 OplLmal [)':,ign ur Structural
Element,
("E416 Structural Analy,b [[
CF417 III
CE41X Structural [X.,ign II
CF419 Struclural l)e,ign III
CE425 Earth and Rud: Engineering
CE426 Ad'anced Properties or Material,
CF427 'Iechnulog}'
CE42K Soil Mechani<:,
CE4J7 Ri'er and Coastal Engineering
CE443 Water Re",urce, Engineering III
CE452 Engineering Con,\ruction
CE45.' Project
CE454 Ci,il Engineering II
C473 Engineering Surveying II
CE474 Tnlllsl'Ortalion Planning
CE475 Highwa}" Engineering
CE490 Special Topic
C49 I Special Tnpic
521092 CE092 lodustrial hperience
521093 CE093 Industrial hperiencc
521094 CE094 Indu,trial hperience
(iii) D.E. in Electrical and Computer Engineering
First Year Subjects
721900 Chemistry IS
661100 Mathematic, I
74[200 Physic,IA
521101 CElli Static,
531203 EEIJI Circuil Fundamental,
SOIlOI GEI12 Inlroduction to Engineering
De,ign
S41104 MElli Graphics & Engineering
Drawing
541103 MEIJI Dynamics
182
Compultr ('ompulrr :'I;AMt:S OF
Numbtr Sl"BJECT SAME Number COMPONENTS
1>62210 [[B Pall I
662!20 \1<tlh,"mali(, IlH Part 2
662102
662109
M2W4
062109
662102
M2104
5.12106 FF211 C'''I,e"iu!)
5.12107 EE221 Scml-C,'ndu"',,,r 1)""ICc,
5J2IUX EE1J2 fle,'lrk'al
5)21 I 3 EF262 rrugr,lnll1ling
5.'2114 f[203 to Strucluring "I
742101
53J201
5.1.1106
5J.l11I
5.1.'117
5J311M
5.1.1119
53J217
5.1.1 110
5JJIIJ
DJllo
5.U222
5JJ20M
SOll07
5011011
5.14149
534ISO
[nl"rmallun
[E264 [1II",du<.'li<>n I" Cumputcr
& l.anguag<.'
PH221 EIc<.'lnlmagnctio and
Quantum
EUIJ I'u"cr
EDI4 EI<'(;I[(<:al Ma<:hinc,
FF.JIS P"'lcr
EnB I.lllear Elcctmnic. I
EEJ24 I.incar flcctrtlnlC' II
Third Year Subjects
EfJ26 DigiLall),:sign and
EEJ.U Cir(;uiL
EU41l.incar Sntrm
EEJ44 Cummunicatiun,
EF.145 D'giLal Signal Pr'ICc"lIIg
EEJ62 S"ildill!,l ,md
I.oglc Design
EDIIU Pwject Dirc<:Led RC;Lding
GEJ2S Minopr"ce"ur System, and
ApplicalitlrL'
GEJ60 AULomat;'" Cormol
EE4D ,'o"cr Analysi,
and Operalion
E[415 Power Sy,lems Eljuipmcnt
and Protection
534144 EE416 Adlanccd Electrical Ma<:hine
Theory
534146 EE417 Variable Speed Drive Systems
534109 EE421 Electronic Design A
534110 EE422 Electr"nic Design B
5.'4147 E426 Ad,'anced Digital Sy,tems
5.14134 EE447 Digilal Communications
5341411 EE451 Electromagnetic Propagation
and
534145 EE462 Topic> in Switching Theory
534124 EE463 Computcr Operating Systems
53414.' EE464 C"mpilcr Cunstruclion
534102 EE480 Project Dirccled Reading
534106 EE481 Project Dirccted Reading
534101 EE491 Seminar
I "pic lJ
I "1"(; CO
I "PIC' J)
I UpL.." CO
I "pic 8
["p'c D
531J02 EE092 ElLperience
531303 EE09J Indu,trial Experience
531304 EE094 Industrial Experience
531305 EE095 Induslrial Experience
531306 EE096 Industr'lal hperience
531J()7 EE097 Indu,trial hperiencc [[
183
('ompulu Computu NAMES OF
Number SI'BJECT NAME Number COMPONF.NTS
(iv) R.E. in Mechanical and Industrial Engineering
First Year Subjects
521101 CElli Static,
501101 GEI12 Introduction w Engineering
Design
501102 GEI51 Introduction Il. Material- Science
541104 MElli Graphic, and Engineering
Dra"'ing
541103 MEIJI Dynamic,
542209 ME22.' Engineering Technology
721900 Chemim) IS
bbllOO Mathematic, I
741200 Ph},i" IA
53120J EEIJI Circuil Fundamental>
501103 GE204 Engineering Computation, [
501104 GE205 fngineering Computali(ln, II
542206 ME201 Experimental Methods I
542104 ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Sy'tem,
542207 MElO) Experimental Methods II
ME2[2 Engineering De,ign I
542105 ME214 Mechanic, of Solids [
542J05 ME232 Dynamic, of Machines I
542106 ME241 Properties of Materials]
542210 ME251 Fluid Mechanic,]
542205 ME271 Thermodynamics]
662110 fM2CO Vector Calculu, and Differential
Equation,
662111 EM2BD Complex Analysis and Linear
Algebra
Computer ('ompuler NAM}:S 01-'
:'IOumMr Sl-BJF.CT NAMF. :'\umber COMPONENTS
Third and Fourth Year Subjects
523110 CE315 Structural Design I
532106 EElII Energy Conversion
662208 EM2H Probability & Statistics
501105 GE301 Technology & Human Values I
50110b GEJ02 Technology & Human Value, II
501108 GE360 Automatic Control
543104 ME302 Experimental Method, III
5'B105 ME312 Engineering Design II
543107 MEJ33 Dynamics of Machines II
543108 M E342 Propenies of Materials II
543109 ME343 Mechanics of Solids II
543110 ME352 Fluid Mcchanic, II
543202 ME372 Heat
543111 ME373 Thermodynamics II
54J501 ME381 Methods Engineering
543502 MEJB3 Quality Engineering
543503 ME384 Design for Production
504101 GE471 Energy
504102 GE472 Energy
544481 ME405 Advanced Numerical Programming
544453 ME407 Environmental Engineering
544424 ME409 Introduction w Noi,e
Pollution Control
544426 ME410 Advanced Design Concept' I
544428 ME41J Engineering Design III
544469 ME419 Bulk Materials Handling
Systems I
544472 ME420 Bulk Materials Handling
Systems []
544473 ME421 Conveying of Bulk Solids
544471 ME434 Dynamics of Machine, III
544474 M E444 Properties of Materials III
544415 ME445 Mechanics of Solids III
544476 ME453 Fluid Mechanics III
544477 ME473 Thermodynamics II]
544478 ME474 Hea. Transfer II
544101 ME481 Engineering Administration
544433 ME482 Engineering Economics I
544470 ME4lI3 Prodllction Scheduling
544464 ME4lI4 Engineering Economics II
544466 ME48S Numerical Control and Computer
Aided Manufacturing
544468 M E487 Operations Research - Fundamental
Techniqlles
544469 ME4lI8 Operations Research Planning.
Inventory Control and Managcment
544203 M E496 Project! Seminar
544479 M E4117 Projectj Directed Reading
544480 M E498 Project/ Directed Reading
540126 MES05 Systems Analysis, Organisation
and Control
541303 ME0\I3 Industrial Experience
184 185
("ompUlet ('ompuler N,\Mt:S Ot'
Number SI'BJEC'T NAMJ: Number COMPONt:NTS
(v) B.Met. and B.Sc. (Met.)
First Year Subjects
741200 Physics IA
721100 Chemistry I
511108 ChEI41 Industrial Proces' Principle,
511109 ChEl51lndu,trial Chemical Proce"e,
& Equipment
511110 ChEI521ndusniai Proce" De,ign I
501102 GEI51 Introduction to Materials
Science
662110 EM2CO Vectur Calculus and Differential
Ellualions
662111 EM2BD Complex Analy,is and Linear
Algebra
50110.1 GE204 Engineering Compulalions I
501104 GE205 Engineering Computatiun, 11
Processe, I
112241 Met241 Microplaslicit)"
112251 Met251 Melallography
112261 Met261 Extraction Metallurgy
112271 Mel271 Fabricalion Metallurg)
112281 Mel281 AlOmicand Electronic
StruclUre
Third Year Subjects
513228 ChEJ5J Proces,
113301 MelJOI Communication Skills
IIJJ23 Mel311 Stati,lical Design and Orlimi!>atiun
of Metallurgical Processe,
113393 Mel312 Modelling and Control of
Metallurgical Processes
Processes 11
113325 Met322 Electrochemistry, Corrosion
& Hydrometallurgy
113353 Mel353 Solidification Processes
113350 Met354 Quantitative Metallography
113355 Met3S5 Physical Metallurgy
1133S6 Met356 Metallographic Technillues
113364 Met364 Refractories
IIJJ97 Met373 Polymer Processing
113374 Met374 Welding and Non-Destructive
Testing
IIJJ75 Met375 Industrial Metallurgy
113391 Mel391 Physical Metallurgy Laboratory
113392 Met392 Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory
113367 Met392S Furnace Heat Balance
114405 Met401 Directed Readillg
114406 Met402 Metallurgy Seminar
114434 Met411 Metallurgy Computations
Processes III
114454 Met451 Structure of Real Crystals
114453 Met45J Metallography
114481 Met48 I DisloCation Theory
114482 Met482 Metal Physics
114490 Met490 Design Project
114483 Met491 Laboratory Project
186
Computer ('ompultr NAMES OF
Number SI'BJEC"T NAME Number COMPONENTS
Induslrial Experience Units
111102 Mct092 Indu'trial
1IIIOJ MC1093 Indu'trial E,\pcncnn'
111104 Mct094 Indu,tnal E)lpcricnce
111105 Mct095 Indu'1Tial Experience
111106 Met!Jl.l6 Indu,trial Experience
(vi) B.Surv.
First Year Subjects
421100 I
661100 I
741200 Phy,ic,IA
741300 Phy>ic, J8
521110 SVIII Suncyingl
521111 SVI21
Second Year Subjecls
662110 EM2CO Vectur Calculu, and
Elitrutiun,
662111 EM28D Cumrle", and Linear
Algcbra
66220H EM2H Probability and
52240H CE201 Civil Engineering IS
53120,1 EEIJI Circuit Fundamental-
522411 SV2JJ Surveying II
522405 SV222 Survcy Camjl II
522407 SV232 Sur\'ey Cumjlulation, I
522409 SV233 Survey Computation, 11
522410 SV271 Sa,ic Regiunal and Urban
Econumic'
432300 SV291 Introductiun tu Legal Studie,
432301 SV292 Pruperty and Survey Law
Third Year Subjects
352200 Geography liB
523333 CE302 Civil Engineering liS
523305 SVJIJ Sur"eying 111
523310 SV314 Hydrugraphic Surveying
523325 SV334 Survey Comjlutations III
523321! SV35 I Geode'y I
523329 SV361 Photogrammelry I
433301 SV393 Land Boundary Definition
523108 CE372 Transportation Engineering
524124 SV416 Surveying IV
524143 SV441 Astronomy
524128 SV452 Geodesy 11
524130 SV462 Photogrammetry 11
524140 SV465 Advanced Cartography
524135 SV472 Land Valuation
524136 SV473 Town Plallning
524141 SV475 Survey Management
and Planning
187
Compuler ("ompuler NAMES OF
Number Sl"BH:CT SAMI:: Number COMPONENTS
(vii) M.Eng.Sc.
(a) Department of Chemical Engineering
5lU12K Chf501 (,hemil'al Principle'
ror EmUl'nl ('onlrol
510117 ("hE511 Hcal
510122 (,hE5D Ad,anced CUnlbU,liun
510126 ("hE514 Furnace Engin,'cring
5101.15 ("hE515 Enl'rg\ Managcmcnl
510125 ("hE516 Enginening
510lJO ChE517 ("ombu,lion Engineermg
51012J (,hE521 Air PUIiUliun Effluenl Cuntrol
510124 (,hE522 (""nlrnl "r Indu,lrial Li<fuid
Effluen"
5lUl.W ChE52.' Panicul,IIC Separation,
51015J ("hE524 ("omminulion
510147 ("hE551 Pulymcr Tcchnulog)
51014K (,hE56.' Mineral
510149 ("h576 Huid Mechallin
510150 ChE5KI Ad,anced ('umputalion, I
510151 ChE5112 Ad'anced Computatiun, [I
510152 ChE5H5 Advanced Procc" Control
510154 ("hE611 Ad,anced Problem, in Ma"
Tran,fer and Engmeering
510155 ChE612 Ad,anced Tupi" in Heal Tran,ler
510156 ChE621 Ad'anced Topic, in Emuenl
Control
510lOX Project 2 uni"
510109 Project J units
510110 Project 4 unit,
(b) Department of Civil Engineering
520137 CE510 Ela,tic ("untinua
52013M (,E511 Plaslic Frame DeSIgn
520139 CE512 Thin Wallcd Siructure,
520140 ("E514 Analysis and Design of Plates
and Shdl,
520141 C[5IS Optimal Design of Structural
Element,
520131 (,E526 Advanced Propertie, "r Material>
520121 CE528 Soil
520149 CE537 River and Coastal Engineering
520145 CE544 Water Quality Management
520133 CE554 Civil Engineering Syslems II
520129 CE574 Transportation Planning
520136 CE575 Highway Engincering
520612 CE612 PresHes,ed ConCTete Design
520611 CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fraclure
Mcchanin
520110 Project 2 unit,
52014M Project 3 unils
520 I 35 Project _. 4 units
188
("ompuler Compuler NAMES OF
:'IIumber St:BJE("T Number COMPONENTS
(c) Department of Electrical Engineering
5.'0144 EE51J POIICT S}'tcm' Analy'i,
and Operation
5)0107 EE516 Ad,anced PUllcr Sy,tcm,
530105 EE517 Variable Speed Drill.' S}'tem,
530142 EE526 Ad,anced Digital
5.10145 EE541 Ad,anced Digital Signal

530102 EE542 Modern Control
530120 [E54J Oplimi/a!iun Tcchrliquc,
5.10146 EE545 Ad,anced ("ummunicaliorl S},lem,
530129 EE547 Digital C"mmunica!lU",
530143 EE551 Eleclrnmagnetic Propagation
and Antcnna,
530141 EE562 Topic, in Switchirlg Thror\"
530117 EE56J Computer OpCTating
530136 EE564 Compiler ("un'1Tuction
5.lO147 EE566 Aut.,ma!a
530125 EE567 ('omputer Proce" ('untml
530121 EE56X Adlanccd ("omputer Architecture
5.'0135 EE5XO Projcct 2 unit,
530139 EE5MO 3 unit,
530161 EE5MO Project 4 unit,
EE590 Seminar
EES91 Seminar
53013X EE592 Seminar
530140 EE59J Scminar
530133 EE641 Multi\ariailic Contrnl S,stem'
530134 EE642 Stochastic ('"nHol .
(d) Inter Departmental Subjects
500101 GE501 Air Pollulion Studies 1
500102 GE502 Coal Analysi, and Propenie,
500103 GE50J Mineral Maller in Coal
500104 GE504 Coal Preparation
500105 GE505 Metallurgical AspeCls or
Coal Utili,..,lion
500106 GE506 Mining Geolog}
189
Computer Computer NAMES OF
Number SUBJECT NAME Number COMPONENTS
(e) Department of Mechanical Engineering
5444111 ME405 Advanced Numerical Progmmming
544453 ME407 Enviroomental Engineering
544424 ME409 Introduction to Noi_'>r Pollutiun
('ootrol
544426 ME410 Ad"anced Design ('oncept, I
544469 ME419 Bulk Material, Handling I
544472 ME420 Bulk Materials Handling Sy,tem, II
544474 ME444 Properties uf Material, III
544464 M E4114 Engineerin!! Eeunomic, II
544467 ME4k7 Operation, Research Fondamental
Technique,
544461\ ME<Ulk Orerations Research Plannin!!,
Inventory (,ootrul and Management
5401.17 ME50J Design of ExpcrimeOh for
Engineering Rescarch
540126 ME.'i05 Sy_'tem' Analysi" Organi,atioo
and Control
540127 ME5011 Air Pullution Studin II
540121! ME511 Exrerimentaland Theuretical
Stre,s
540129 ME515 Advanccd Design Concept' II
5401311 ME517 Material> Handling and
Tran,portation Sy'tem,
540130 ME535 Vibratioo and Noise Problem,
in Industry
540141 ME55) Turbulent Flow.
540])1 ME554 Computation of Fluid Flows and
Heat Transfer
540132 ME51!1 Mathematical Programming II
540133 ME582 Probabilistic Models in Operations
Research
540134 ME583 Modelling of Management
Problems
540135 ME584 Simulation
540136 ME597 Project/Seminar 2 uoits
540139 ME597 Project: Seminar 3 unih
540140 ME597 ProjectiSeminar 4 units
540176 ME685 Advanced Operations Research
(f) Department of Metallurgy
115521 Met521 Metallurgical Thermodynamics
115531 Met531 Heat Transfer
[15532 Met5J2 Fluid Mechanics
1[5533 Met533 Metallurgica[ Rate Processes
115551 Met551 Electron Metallography
11556J Met56 [ Extraction Metallurgy
1[5581 Met58J Dis[ocation Theory
[[5582 Met582 Metal Physics
1 [551!3 Project 2 units
115584 Project - 3 units
190 191

Faculty of Engineering Handbook 1984

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Faculty of Engineering Handbook 1984

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

( L!Nl',n.:r.

- steam plants, combustion engines and turbines nuclear reactors

S-ar putea să vă placă și